View source for WikiJournal Preprints/Cut the coordinates! (or Vector Analysis Done Fast)

{{Article info
| first = Gavin R.
| last = Putland
| orcid = 0000-0003-4757-6341
| et_al = <!-- if there are >9 authors, hyperlink to the list here -->
| correspondence = [[w:Special:EmailUser/Gavin_R_Putland|Contact form]]
| journal = WikiJournal of Science
| keywords = vector calculus, vector identities, curvilinear coordinates, general coordinates, del operator, Huygens' principle
| abstract = The gradient, the curl, the divergence, and the Laplacian are initially defined, without coordinates, as closed-surface integrals per unit volume&mdash;the definition of the Laplacian being indifferent to whether the operand is a scalar field or a vector field. Four integral theorems&mdash;including the divergence theorem&mdash;follow almost immediately, provided that the initial definitions are unambiguous. Their unambiguity, together with some examples of their usefulness, is established as follows, at a level suitable for beginners (although this abstract is for prospective instructors):
* The gradient is related to an acceleration through an equation of motion;
* The divergence is related to two time-derivatives of density (the partial derivative and the material derivative) through two forms of an equation of continuity;
* The component of the curl in a general direction is expressed as a divergence (now known to be unambiguous);
* The same is done for the general component of the gradient, yielding not only a second proof of unambiguity of the gradient, but also the relation between the gradient and the directional derivative; this together with the original definition of the Laplacian shows that the Laplacian of a ''scalar'' field is the divergence of the gradient and therefore unambiguous. The unambiguity of the Laplacian of a ''vector'' field then follows from a component argument (as for the curl) or from a linearity argument.
The derivation of the relation between the gradient and the directional derivative yields a coordinate-free definition of the dot-del operator for a scalar right-hand operand. But, as the directional derivative is also defined for a non-scalar operand, the same relation offers a method of generalizing the dot-del operator, so that the definition of the Laplacian of a general field can be rewritten with that operator. The advection operator&mdash;derived without coordinates, for both scalar and vector properties&mdash;is likewise rewritten.

Meanwhile comparison between the definitions of the various operators leads to coordinate-free definitions of the del-cross, del-dot, and del-squared operators. These together with the dot-del operator allow the four integral theorems to be condensed into a single generalized volume-integral theorem.

If the volume of integration is reduced to a thin curved slab of uniform thickness, with an edge-face perpendicular to the broad faces, the four integral theorems are reduced to their two-dimensional forms, each of which relates an integral over a surface segment to an integral around its enclosing curve, provided that the original ''closed''-surface integral has no contribution from the broad faces of the slab. This proviso can be satisfied by construction in two of the four cases, yielding two general theorems, one of which is the Kelvin&ndash;Stokes theorem. By applying these two theorems to a segment of a closed surface, and expanding the segment to cover the entire surface, it is shown that the gradient is irrotational and the curl is solenoidal.

The next part of the exposition is more conventional, but still coordinate-free. The gradient theorem is derived from the relation between the gradient and the directional derivative. An irrotational field is shown to have a scalar potential. The 1/''r''&#8202; scalar field is shown to be the field whose negative gradient is the inverse-square vector field, whose divergence is a delta function, which is therefore also the negative Laplacian of the 1/''r''&#8202; scalar field. These results enable the construction of a field with a given divergence or a given Laplacian. The wave equation is derived from small-amplitude sound waves in a non-viscous fluid, and shown to be satisfied by a spherical-wave field with a 1/''r''&#8202; amplitude, whose D'Alembertian is a delta function, enabling the construction of a wave function with a given D'Alembertian. But further progress, including the construction of a field with a given ''curl'', seems to require the introduction of coordinates.

With the aid of identities already found, expressions are easily obtained for the gradient, curl, divergence, Laplacian, and advection operators in Cartesian coordinates&mdash;with indicial notation and implicit summation, for brevity. While the resulting expressions for the curl and divergence may look unfamiliar, they match the initial definitions given by J.&#8239;Willard Gibbs. The Cartesian expressions are found convenient for deriving further identities: a comprehensive collection is derived, leading to the construction of a field with a given curl in a star-shaped region and, as a by-product, a demonstration that the curl of the velocity field of a rigid body is twice the angular velocity. The curl-of-the-curl identity leads to a second definition of the Laplacian of a vector, the Helmholtz decomposition, and the prediction of electromagnetic waves.

The time-honored method of deriving vector-analytic identities&mdash;treating the divergence and curl as "formal products" with the del operator, varying one field at a time, and adding the results&mdash;is found to be less than rigorous, sometimes less than clear, and hard to justify in view of the ease with which the same thing can be done with Cartesian coordinates, indicial notation, and implicit summation.

The introduction of ''general'' coordinates proceeds through (non-normalized) natural and dual basis vectors, reciprocity, the Kronecker delta, covariance of the natural basis, contravariance of the dual basis, contravariant and covariant components, local bases, contravariance of coordinates, covariance of derivatives w.r.t. coordinates, the Jacobian, and handedness. Reciprocity leads to the dot-product of two vector fields and, via the permutation symbol, to the cross-products of the basis vectors, the definition of one basis in terms of the other, the cross-product of two vector fields, and reciprocity of the covariant and contravariant Jacobians. Thus the stage is set for expressing operators in general coordinates.

The multivariate chain rule leads to expressions for the directional derivative (in terms of the contravariant basis), hence the gradient (del) and advection operators. The identity for the curl of the product of a scalar and a vector leads to an expression for the curl in terms of covariant components. Expressions for the curl and divergence ''operators'' are obtained from the original volume-based definitions, and are found to agree with del-cross and del-dot respectively, with del expressed in the same general coordinates. The volume-based definition of the divergence leads, by a simpler path, to an expression in terms of contravariant components, which in turn yields an expression for the Laplacian.

Affine coordinates are briefly described before proceeding to orthogonal coordinates. In the latter, the Jacobian is simplified and we can choose an orthonormal basis, which is its own reciprocal, so that vectors can be specified in components w.r.t. a single basis. By expressing the old basis vectors and components in terms of the new ones, we can re-express dot-products, cross-products, and differential operators in terms of orthogonal coordinates with an orthonormal basis.

In an appendix, Huygens' principle is mathematized by deriving Green's identities and thence Kirchhoff's integral theorem (''without''&#8202; assuming sinusoidal time-dependence), and then interpreting Kirchhoff's integrand as a distribution of secondary sources. That distribution can be described in two ways. The standard description, in terms of monopoles and normal dipoles, is applicable to the general case. A new description, in terms of "generalized spatiotemporal dipoles" (GSTDs), is useful for the case of a single monopole primary source&mdash;but, unlike the original spatiotemporal-dipole formulation of D.A.B.&#8239;Miller (1991), does ''not''&#8202; require the surface of integration to be a wavefront. The GSTD description clarifies the manner in which the secondary sources suppress backward secondary waves: the directivity of the GSTD sources is such as to suppress specular reflections off the surface of integration.
}}

== Introduction ==

[[w:Sheldon Axler|Sheldon Axler]], in his essay "Down with determinants!" ([[#axler-95|1995]]) and his ensuing book ''Linear Algebra Done Right'' (4th Ed., [[#axler-23-|2023–]]), does not entirely eliminate determinants, but introduces them as late as possible and then exploits them for what he calls their "main reasonable use in undergraduate mathematics", namely the change-of-variables formula for multiple integrals.<ref>[[#axler-95|Axler, 1995]], &sect;9. The relegation of determinants was anticipated by C.G.&#8239;Broyden ([[#broyden-75|1975]]). But Broyden's approach is less radical: he does not deal with abstract vector spaces or abstract linear transformations, and his eventual definition of the determinant, unlike Axler's, is traditional&mdash;not a product of the preceding narrative.</ref> Here I treat coordinates in vector analysis somewhat as Axler treats determinants in linear algebra: I introduce coordinates as late as possible, and then exploit them in unconventionally ''rigorous'' derivations of vector-analytic identities from (e.g.) vector-algebraic identities. But I contrast with Axler in at least two ways. First, as my subtitle suggests, I have no intention of expanding my paper into a book. Brevity is of the essence. Second, while one may well avoid determinants in ''numerical''&#8202; linear algebra,<ref>[[#axler-95|Axler, 1995]], &sect;1. But it is Broyden ([[#broyden-75|1975]]), not Axler, who discusses numerical methods at length.</ref> one can hardly avoid coordinates in ''numerical'' vector analysis! So I cannot extend the coordinate-minimizing path into computation. But I can extend it up to the threshold by expressing the operators of vector analysis in general coordinates and orthogonal coordinates, leaving it for others to specialize the coordinates and compute with them. On the way, I can satisfy readers who need the concepts of vector analysis for ''theoretical'' purposes, and who would rather read a paper than a book. Readers who stay to the end of the paper will get a more general treatment of coordinates than is offered by a typical book-length introduction to vector analysis. In the meantime, coordinates won't needlessly get in the way.

=== The cost of coordinates ===

Mathematicians define a "vector" as a member of a ''[[w:vector space|vector space]]'', which is a [[w:set (mathematics)|set]] whose members satisfy certain basic rules of algebra (called the ''vector-space axioms'') with respect to another set called a ''[[w:field (mathematics)|field]]'' (e.g., the real numbers), which has its own basic rules of algebra (the ''field axioms''), and whose members are called "scalars". Physicists are more fussy. They typically want a "vector" to be not only a member of a vector space, but also a '''first-order tensor'''&#8239;: a "tensor", meaning that it exists independently of any coordinate system with which it might be specified; and "first-order" (or "first-degree", or "first-rank"), meaning that it is specified by a ''one''-dimensional array of numbers. Similarly, a 2nd-order tensor is specified by a 2-dimensional array (a matrix), and a 3rd-order by a 3-dimensional array, and so on. Hence they want a "scalar", which is specified by a single number (a zero-dimensional array), to be a ''zero-order tensor''. In "vector analysis", we are greatly interested in applications to physical situations, and accordingly take the physicists' view on what constitutes a vector or a scalar.

So, for our purposes, defining a quantity by three components in (say) a Cartesian coordinate system is not enough to make it a vector, and defining a quantity as a real function of a list of coordinates is not enough to make it a scalar, because we still need to show that the quantity has an independent existence. One way to do this is to show that its coordinate representation behaves appropriately when the coordinate system is changed. Independent existence of a ''quantity'' means that its coordinate representation changes so as to compensate for the change in the coordinate system.<ref>E.g., Feynman ([[#feynman-63|1963]], vol.&#8239;1, &sect;&#8202;11-5), having defined velocity from displacement in Cartesian coordinates, shows that velocity is a vector by showing that its coordinate representation contra-rotates (like that of displacement) if the coordinate system rotates.</ref> But independent existence of an ''operator'' means that its expression in one coordinate system (with the operand[s] and the result ''in that system'') gives the same result as the corresponding expression in another coordinate system.<ref>E.g., Feynman ([[#feynman-63|1963]], vol.&#8239;1, &sect;&#8202;11-7), having defined the magnitude and dot-product in Cartesian coordinates, proves that they are scalar functions by showing that the corresponding expressions in rotated ("primed") coordinates give the same values as the original expressions (in "unprimed" coordinates). And Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], pp.&#8239;66–7), having found an expression for the "gradient" operator in a general coordinate system (the "unprimed" system), proves the "invariance" of the operator (its vector character in this case) by showing that the corresponding expression in any other general coordinate system (the "primed" system) has the same effect.</ref>

Here we circumvent these complications by the most obvious route: by ''initially'' defining things without coordinates. If, having defined something without coordinates, we then need to represent it ''with'' coordinates, we can choose the coordinate system for convenience rather than generality.

=== The limitations of limits ===

In the branch of pure mathematics known as ''analysis'', there is a thing called a ''limit'', whereby for every positive ''&epsiv;''&#8202; there exists a positive ''&delta;'' such that if some increment is less than ''&delta;'', some error is less than ''&epsiv;''. In the branch of applied mathematics known as ''[[w:continuum mechanics|continuum mechanics]]'', there is a thing called reality, whereby if the increment is less than some positive ''&delta;'', the assumption of a continuum becomes ridiculous, so that the error cannot be made less than an ''arbitrary &epsiv;''. Yet vector "analysis" (together with higher-order tensors) is typically studied with the intention of applying it to some form of "continuum" mechanics, such as the modeling of elasticity, plasticity, fluid flow, or (widening the net) electrodynamics of ordinary matter; in short, it is studied with the intention of conveniently forgetting that, on a sufficiently small scale, matter is lumpy.{{efn|Even if we claim that "particles" of matter are wave functions and therefore continuous, this still implies that matter is lumpy in a manner not normally contemplated by continuum mechanics.}} One might therefore submit that to express the principles of vector analysis in the language of limits is to strain at a gnat and swallow a camel. Here I avoid that camel by referring to '''elements''' of length or area or volume, each of which is ''small'' enough to allow some quantity or quantities to be considered uniform within it, but, for the same reason, ''large'' enough to allow such local averaging of the said quantity or quantities as is necessary to tune out the lumpiness.

We shall see bigger camels, where well-known authors define or misdefine a vector ''operator'' and then derive identities by treating it like an ordinary vector ''quantity''. These I also avoid.

=== Prerequisites ===

I assume that the reader is familiar with the algebra and geometry of vectors in 3D space, including the dot-product, the cross-product, and the scalar triple product, their geometric meanings, their expressions in Cartesian coordinates, and the identity
:{{big|{{math|'''a''' &times; ('''b''' &times; '''c''')  {{=}}  '''a&#11825;&#8202;c b''' &minus; '''a&#11825;&#8202;b c''' ,}}}}
which we call the "expansion" of the vector triple product.<ref>There are many proofs and interpretations of this identity. My own effort, for what it's worth, is "Trigonometric proof of vector triple product expansion", ''Mathematics Stack Exchange'', [https://math.stackexchange.com/a/4839213/307861 t.co/NM2v4DJJGo], 2024. The classic is [[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1881]], &sect;&sect;&#8239;26–7.</ref> I further assume that the reader can generalize the concept of a derivative, so as to differentiate a vector with respect to a scalar, e.g.
:<math>\mathbf{r}'(t) = \frac{d\mathbf{r}}{dt}
  =\, \lim_{h\to 0} \frac{\mathbf{r}(t+h) - \mathbf{r}(t)}{h} \,,</math>
or so as to differentiate a function of several independent variables "partially" w.r.t. one of them while the others are held constant, e.g.
:<math>\tfrac{\part}{\part y} \psi\big(x,y,z\big)
  =\, \lim_{h\to 0} \frac{\psi(x,y{+}h~\!,z) - \psi(x,y,z)}{h} \,.</math>

But in view of the above remarks on limits, I also expect the reader to be tolerant of an argument like this: In a short time{{mvar| dt}}, let the vectors {{math|'''r'''}} and{{math| '''p'''}} change by {{math|''d'''''r'''}} and{{math| ''d'''''p'''}} respectively. Then
:<math>\begin{align}
  \tfrac{d}{dt}\big(\mathbf{r}\!\times\!\mathbf{p}\big)
  &= \frac{(\mathbf{r}+d\mathbf{r})\times(\mathbf{p}+d\mathbf{p})
            \,-\, \mathbf{r}\times\mathbf{p}}{dt}\\[1ex]
  &= \frac{\mathbf{r}\!\times\!d\mathbf{p}+d\mathbf{r}\!\times\!\mathbf{p}}{dt}
       ~~\quad [\mathsf{neglecting}~d\mathbf{r}\!\times\!d\mathbf{p}]\\[1ex]
  &=\, \mathbf{r}\times\!\tfrac{d\mathbf{p}}{dt}
       + \tfrac{d\mathbf{r}}{dt}\!\times\mathbf{p}\\[1ex]
  &=\, \mathbf{r}\times\mathbf{\dot{p}}\,+\,\mathbf{\dot{r}}\times\mathbf{p}\,,
\end{align}</math>
where, as always, the orders of the cross-products matter.{{efn|If {{math|'''r'''}} is the position of a particle and {{math|'''p'''}} is its momentum, the last term vanishes. If the force is toward the origin, the previous term also vanishes, and we are left with ''conservation of angular momentum'' about the origin.}} Differentiation of a ''dot''-product behaves similarly, except that the orders ''don't'' matter; and if&#8239;{{math| '''p'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''m'''''v'''}}, where {{mvar|m}} is a scalar and {{math|'''v'''}} is a vector, then
:<math>~~\mathbf{\dot{p}} = m\mathbf{\dot{v}} + \dot{m}\mathbf{v} \,.</math>

Or an argument like this:  If<math>~z\!=\!f(x,y)</math>, then
:<math>\begin{align}
  \frac{\part^2 z}{\part x\,\part y}
  &= \tfrac{\part}{\part x}\,\tfrac{\part}{\part y} f\big(x,y\big)\\
  &= \frac{\part}{\part x}\,\frac{f(x,y{+}dy)-f(x,y)}{dy}\\[1ex]
  &= \frac{\,\frac{f(x{+}dx~\!,\,y{+}dy)\,-\,f(x{+}dx~\!,\,y)}{dy}
           - \frac{f(x,\,y{+}dy)\,-\,f(x,y)}{dy}\,} {dx}\\[2ex]
  &= \frac{\,\frac{f(x{+}dx~\!,\,y{+}dy)\,-\,f(x,\,y{+}dy)}{dx}
           - \frac{f(x{+}dx~\!,\,y)\,-\,f(x,y)}{dx}\,} {dy}\\[1ex]
  &= \frac{\part}{\part y}\,\frac{f(x{+}dx~\!,~\!y)-f(x,y)}{dx}\\[1ex]
  &= \tfrac{\part}{\part y}\,\tfrac{\part}{\part x} f\big(x,y\big)
   = \frac{\part^2 z}{\part y\,\part x} \,;
\end{align}</math>
that is, we can switch the order of differentiation in a "mixed" partial derivative. If{{mvar| &part;<sub>x</sub>}} is an abbreviation for {{mvar|{{sfrac|&part;|&part;x}}&#8202;}}, etc., this rule can be written in '''operational''' terms as
:{{big|{{mvar|&part;<sub>x </sub>&part;<sub>y</sub> {{=}} &part;<sub>y </sub>&part;<sub>x </sub>.}}}}
More generally, if {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}} is an abbreviation for {{mvar|{{sfrac|&part;|&part;x<sub>i</sub>}}}}&#8202; where&#8202; {{math|''i''&#8239;&#8714;&#8202;&lcub;1,&#8202;2,&hellip;&rcub;,}}&#8202; the rule becomes
:{{big|{{mvar|&part;<sub>i </sub>&part;<sub>j</sub> {{=}} &part;<sub>j </sub>&part;<sub>i </sub>.}}}}

These generalizations of differentiation, however, do not go beyond differentiation w.r.t. ''real'' variables, some of which are scalars, and some of which are coordinates. Vector analysis involves quantities that may be loosely described as derivatives w.r.t. a ''vector''&mdash;usually the position vector.

== Closed-surface integrals per unit volume ==

The term ''field'', mentioned above in the context of algebraic axioms, has an alternative meaning: if {{math|'''r'''}} is the position vector, a '''scalar field''' is a scalar-valued function of{{math| '''r''',}} and a '''vector field''' is a vector-valued function of{{math| '''r'''}}; both may also depend on time. These are the functions of which we want "derivatives" w.r.t. the vector{{math| '''r'''}}.

In this section I introduce four such derivatives&mdash;the ''gradient'', the ''curl'', the ''divergence'', and the ''Laplacian''&#8202;&mdash;in a way that will seem unremarkable to those readers who aren't already familiar with them, but idiosyncratic to those who are. The gradient is commonly introduced in connection with a curve and its endpoints, the curl in connection with a surface segment and its enclosing curve, the divergence in connection with a volume and its enclosing surface, and the Laplacian as a composite of two of the above, initially applicable only to a scalar field. Here I introduce all four in connection with a volume and its enclosing surface; and I introduce the Laplacian as a concept in its own right, equally applicable to a scalar ''or vector''&#8202; field, and only later relate it to the others. My initial definitions of the gradient, the curl, and the Laplacian, although not novel, are usually thought to be more advanced than the common ones&mdash;in spite of being conceptually simpler, and in spite of being obvious variations on the same theme.

=== Instant integral theorems (with a caveat) ===

Let {{mvar|V}} be a volume (3D region) enclosed by a surface {{mvar|S}} (a mathematical surface, ''not'' generally a physical barrier). Let {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} be the unit normal vector at a general point on {{mvar|S}}, pointing ''out'' of{{mvar| V}}. Let {{mvar|n}} be the distance from {{mvar|S}} in the direction of{{math| '''n'''&#770;}} (positive outside {{mvar|V}}, negative inside), and let {{mvar|&part;<sub>n</sub>}} be an abbreviation for{{mvar| {{sfrac|&part;|&part;n}}&#8202;}}, where the derivative&mdash;commonly called the '''normal derivative'''&mdash;is tacitly assumed to exist.

In {{mvar|V}}, and on {{mvar|S}}, let {{mvar|p}} be a scalar field (e.g., pressure in a fluid, or temperature), and let {{math|'''q'''}} be a vector field (e.g., flow velocity, or heat-flow density), and let {{mvar|&psi;}} be a generic field which may be a scalar or a vector. Let a general element of the surface {{mvar|S}} have area {{mvar|dS}}, and let it be small enough to allow {{math|'''n'''&#770;}}, {{mvar|p}}, {{math|'''q'''}}, and {{mvar|&part;<sub>n</sub>&#8202;&psi;}} to be considered uniform over the element. Then, for every element, the following four products are well defined:
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{\hat{n}}            ~\!p\,dS ~,\qquad
                 \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q}\,dS ~,\qquad
                 \mathbf{\hat{n}         \cdot q}\,dS ~,\qquad
                 \part_n                     \psi\;dS \,.
          </math>|{{EquationRef|1}}}}
If {{mvar|p}} is pressure in a non-viscous fluid, the first of these products is the force exerted by the fluid in {{mvar|V}}&#8202; through the area {{mvar|dS}}. The second product does not have such an obvious physical interpretation; but if{{math| '''q'''}} is ''circulating'' clockwise about an axis directed through{{mvar| V}}, the cross-product will be exactly tangential to{{mvar| S}} and will tend to have a component in the direction of that axis. The third product is the ''flux'' of{{math| '''q'''}} through the surface element; if{{math| '''q'''}} is flow velocity, the third product is the volumetric flow rate (volume per unit time) ''out'' of{{mvar| V}}&#8202; through{{mvar| dS&#8202;}}; or if {{math|'''q'''}} is heat-flow density, the third product is the heat transfer rate (energy per unit time) ''out'' of{{mvar| V}}&#8202; through{{mvar| dS}}. The fourth product, by analogy with the third, might be called the flux of the normal derivative of{{mvar| &psi;}} through the surface element, but is equally well defined whether {{mvar|&psi;}} is a scalar or a vector&mdash;or, for that matter, a matrix, or a tensor of any order, or anything else that we can differentiate w.r.t.{{mvar| n}}.

If we add up each of the four products over all the elements of the surface {{mvar|S}}, we obtain, respectively, the four '''surface integrals'''
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\iint_S \!\mathbf{\hat{n}}            ~\!p\,dS \,,~
                 \iint_S \!\mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q}\,dS \,,~
                 \iint_S \!\mathbf{\hat{n}         \cdot q}\,dS \,,~
                 \iint_S \!\part_n                     \psi\;dS \,,
          </math>|{{EquationRef|2}}}}
in which the double integral sign indicates that the range of integration is two-dimensional. The first surface integral takes a scalar field and yields a vector; the second takes a vector field and yields a vector; the third takes a vector field and yields a scalar; and the fourth takes (e.g.) a scalar field yielding a scalar, or a vector field yielding a vector. If{{mvar| p}} is pressure in a non-viscous fluid, the first integral is the force exerted by the fluid in {{mvar|V}}&#8202; on the fluid outside {{mvar|V}}. The second integral may be called the ''skew'' surface integral of{{math| '''q'''}} over {{mvar|S&#8202;}},<ref>[[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1881]], &sect;&#8239;56.</ref> or, for the reason hinted above, the ''circulation'' of{{math| '''q'''}} over {{mvar|S}}.&#8201; The third integral, commonly called the ''flux integral'' (or simply the surface integral) of{{math| '''q'''}} over {{mvar|S}}, is the total ''flux'' of{{math| '''q'''}} out of{{mvar| V}}. And the fourth integral is the surface integral of the outward normal derivative of{{mvar| &psi;}}.

Let the volume {{mvar|V}}&#8202; be divided into elements. Let a general volume element have the volume {{mvar|dV}} and be enclosed by the surface {{mvar|&delta;S}}&#8201;&mdash;not to be confused with the area {{mvar|dS}} of a surface ''element'', which may be an element of{{mvar| S}} or of{{mvar| &delta;S}}. Then consider what happens if, instead of evaluating each of the above surface integrals over {{mvar|S}}, we evaluate it over each {{mvar|&delta;S}} and add up the results for all the volume elements. In the ''interior'' of{{mvar| V}}, each surface element of area {{mvar|dS}} is on the boundary between two volume elements, for which the unit normals {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} at {{mvar|dS}}, and the respective values of{{mvar| &part;<sub>n</sub>&#8202;&psi;}}, are equal and opposite. Hence when we add up the integrals over the surfaces {{mvar|&delta;S}}, the contributions from the elements {{mvar|dS}} cancel in pairs, except on the original surface {{mvar|S}}, so that we are left with the original integral over {{mvar|S}}. So, for the four surface integrals in ({{EquationNote|2}}), we have respectively
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\begin{align}
    \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!p \,dS
    & \,= \sum_V\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!p \,dS \,, \\
    \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q} \,dS
    & \,= \sum_V\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q} \,dS \,, \\
    \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}\cdot q} \,dS
    & \,= \sum_V\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}\cdot q} \,dS \,, \\
    \iint_S \part_n \psi \;dS
    & \,= \sum_V\iint_{\delta S} \part_n \psi \;dS \,.
  \end{align}</math>|{{EquationRef|3}}}}

Now comes a big "if":&#8201; ''if''&#8202; we define the '''gradient''' of{{mvar| p}} (pronounced "grad {{mvar|p}}") inside {{mvar|dV}}&#8202; as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla p
    \,:=\, \frac{1}{dV}\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!p \,dS
  </math>|{{EquationRef|4g}}}}
and the '''curl''' of {{math|'''q'''}} inside {{mvar|dV}}&#8202; as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    \,:=\, \frac{1}{dV}\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q} \,dS
  </math>|{{EquationRef|4c}}}}
and the '''divergence''' of {{math|'''q'''}} inside {{mvar|dV}}&#8202; as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    \,:=\, \frac{1}{dV}\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}\cdot q} \,dS
  </math>|{{EquationRef|4d}}}}
and the '''Laplacian''' of {{mvar|&psi;}} inside {{mvar|dV}}&#8202; as&#8202;{{efn|Here we use the broad triangle symbol{{math| (&#9651;)}} rather than the narrower Greek Delta{{math| (&Delta;)}}; the latter would more likely be misinterpreted as "change in&hellip;"}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\triangle\psi
    \,:=\, \frac{1}{dV}\iint_{\delta S} \part_n \psi \;dS
  </math>|{{EquationRef|4L}}}}
(where the letters after the equation number stand for ''gradient'', ''curl'', ''divergence'', and ''Laplacian'', respectively), then equations ({{EquationNote|3}}) can be rewritten
:<math>\begin{align}
    \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!p \,dS
    & \,= \sum_V \nabla p ~dV \,, \\
    \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q} \,dS
    & \,= \sum_V \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} ~dV \,, \\
    \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}\cdot q} \,dS
    & \,= \sum_V \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} ~dV \,, \\
    \iint_S \part_n \psi \;dS
    & \,= \sum_V \triangle\psi ~dV \,.
  \end{align}</math>
But because each term in each sum has a factor {{mvar|dV}}, we call the sum an integral; and because the range of integration is three-dimensional, we use a triple integral sign. Thus we obtain the following four theorems relating integrals over an enclosing surface {{mvar|S}}&#8202; to integrals over the enclosed volume {{mvar|V&#8202;}}:
{{NumBlk|:|<math>~~~~~\!\iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!p \,dS
    \,= \iiint_V \nabla p ~dV \,;
  </math>|{{EquationRef|5g}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q} \,dS
    \,= \iiint_V \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} ~dV \,;
  </math>|{{EquationRef|5c}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>~~\!\iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}\cdot q} \,dS
    \,= \iiint_V \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} ~dV \,;
  </math>|{{EquationRef|5d}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>~~\iint_S \part_n \psi \;dS
    \,= \iiint_V \triangle\psi ~dV \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|5L}}}}
Of the above four results, only the third ({{EquationNote|5d}}) seems to have a standard name; it is called the '''divergence theorem''' (or ''Gauss's theorem'' or, more properly, ''[[w:Mikhail Ostrogradsky|Ostrogradsky]]'s theorem''<ref>[[#katz-79|Katz, 1979]], pp.&#8239;146–9.</ref>), and is indeed the best known of the four&mdash;although the other three, having been derived in parallel with it, may be said to be equally fundamental.

As each of the operators {{math|&nabla;,}} {{math|curl,}} and {{math|div}} calls for an integration w.r.t. area and then a division by volume, the ''dimension'' (or unit of measurement) of the result is the dimension of the operand divided by the dimension of length, as if the operation were some sort of differentiation w.r.t. position. Moreover, in each of equations ({{EquationNote|5g}}) to ({{EquationNote|5d}}), there is a triple integral on the right but only a double integral on the left, so that each of the operators {{math|&nabla;,}} {{math|curl,}} and {{math|div}} appears to compensate for a single integration. For these reasons, and for convenience, we shall describe them as '''differential operators'''. By comparison, the {{math|&#9651; }}operator in ({{EquationNote|4L}}) or ({{EquationNote|5L}}) calls for a further differentiation w.r.t.{{mvar| n&#8202;}}; we shall therefore describe {{math|&#9651;}} as a ''2nd-order'' differential operator. (An additional reason for these descriptions will emerge later.) As promised, the four definitions ({{EquationNote|4g}}) to ({{EquationNote|4L}}) are "obvious variations on the same theme" (although the fourth is somewhat less obvious than the others).

But remember the "if": Theorems ({{EquationNote|5g}}) to ({{EquationNote|5L}}) depend on definitions ({{EquationNote|4g}}) to ({{EquationNote|4L}}) and are therefore only as definite as those definitions! Equations ({{EquationNote|3}}), without assuming anything about the shapes and relative sizes of the closed surfaces {{mvar|&delta;S}} (except, tacitly, that {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} is piecewise well-defined), indicate that the surface integrals are ''additive with respect to volume''. But this additivity, by itself, does not guarantee that the surface integrals are shared among neighboring volume elements ''in proportion'' to their volumes, as envisaged by "definitions" ({{EquationNote|4g}}) to ({{EquationNote|4L}}). Each of these "definitions" is unambiguous if, and only if, the ratio of the surface integral to{{mvar| dV}}&#8202; is insensitive to the shape and size of{{mvar| &delta;S}}&#8202; for a sufficiently small {{mvar|&delta;S}}. Notice that the issue here is ''not'' whether the ratios specified in equations ({{EquationNote|4g}}) to ({{EquationNote|4L}}) are true vectors or scalars, independent of the coordinates; all of the operations needed in those equations have coordinate-free definitions. Rather, the issue is whether the resulting ratios are unambiguous ''notwithstanding the ambiguity of'' {{mvar|&delta;S}}, provided only that {{mvar|&delta;S}} is sufficiently small. That is the advertised "caveat", which must now be addressed.

In accordance with our "applied" mathematical purpose, our proofs of the unambiguity of the differential operators will rest on a few [[w:thought experiment|thought experiments]], each of which applies an operator to a physical field, say{{mvar| f}}, and obtains another physical field whose unambiguity is beyond dispute. The conclusion of the thought experiment is then applicable to any operand field whose ''mathematical'' properties are consistent with its interpretation as the physical field{{mvar| f&#8202;}}; the loss of generality, if any, is only what is incurred by that interpretation.

=== Unambiguity of the gradient ===

Suppose that a fluid with density {{mvar|&rho;}} (a scalar field) flows with velocity{{math| '''v'''}} (a vector field) under the influence of the internal pressure {{mvar|p}} (a scalar field). Then the integral in ({{EquationNote|4g}}) is the force exerted by the pressure of the fluid inside {{mvar|&delta;S}} on the fluid outside, so that ''minus'' the integral is the force exerted ''on'' the fluid inside{{mvar| &delta;S}}&#8202; by the pressure of the fluid outside. Dividing by {{mvar|dV}}, we find that {{math|&minus;&nabla;''p''}}, as defined by ({{EquationNote|4g}}), is the force per unit volume, due to the pressure outside the volume.<ref>In [[#feynman-63|Feynman, 1963]],&#8201; {{math|&minus;&nabla;''p'' }}as the "pressure force per unit volume" eventually appears in the 3rd-last lecture of Volume 2 (&sect;40-1).</ref> If this is the ''only'' force per unit volume acting ''on'' the volume (e.g., because the fluid is non-viscous and in a weightless environment, and the volume element is not in contact with the container), then it is equal to the acceleration times the mass per unit volume; that is,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \rho\,\frac{d\mathbf{v}}{dt} = -\nabla p \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|6g}}}}
Now provided that the left side of this equation is locally continuous, it can be considered uniform inside the small {{mvar|&delta;S}}, so that the left side is unambiguous, whence&#8202; {{math|&nabla;''p'' }}''is also unambiguous''. If there are additional forces on the fluid element, e.g. due to gravity and&#10744;or viscosity, then {{math|&minus;&nabla;''p''}} is not the sole contribution to density-times-acceleration, but is still the contribution due to pressure, which is still unambiguous.

By showing the unambiguity of definition ({{EquationNote|4g}}), we have confirmed theorem ({{EquationNote|5g}}). In the process we have seen that the volume-based definition of the gradient is useful for the modeling of fluids, and intuitive in that it formalizes the common notion that a pressure "gradient" gives rise to a force.

=== Unambiguity of the divergence ===

In the aforesaid fluid, in a short time{{mvar| dt}}, the volume that flows out of fixed closed surface {{mvar|&delta;S}}&#8202; through a fixed surface element of area {{mvar|dS}}&#8202; is {{math|'''v'''&#8202;''dt''&#8202;'''&#11825;&#8239;n'''&#770;&#8239;''dS''}}&#8239; (i.e., the displacement normal to the surface element, times the area).&#8201; Multiplying this by density and integrating over {{mvar|&delta;S}}, we find that the mass flowing out of{{mvar| &delta;S}}&#8202; in time{{mvar| dt}} is&#8201; <math>\textstyle\iint_{\delta S}\rho\mathbf{v}~\!dt\cdot\mathbf{\hat{n}}\,dS</math>.  Dividing this by {{mvar|dV}}, and then by {{mvar|dt}}, we get the rate of reduction of density inside {{mvar|&delta;S&#8202;}}; that is,
:<math>\tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}\mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\rho\mathbf{v}\,dS
       \,= -\frac{\part\rho}{\part t} \,,</math>
where the derivative w.r.t. time is evaluated at a fixed location (because {{mvar|&delta;S}} is fixed), and is therefore written as a ''partial'' derivative (because other variables on which {{mvar|&rho;}} might depend&mdash;namely the coordinates&mdash;are held constant). Provided that the right-hand side is locally continuous, it can be considered uniform inside {{mvar|&delta;S}} and is therefore unambiguous, so that the left side is likewise unambiguous. But the left side is simply{{math| div&#8239;''&rho;'''''v'''}}&#8201; as defined by ({{EquationNote|4d}}),{{efn|There is no need for parentheses around{{math| ''&rho;'''''v'''&#8202;,}} because {{math|div&#8239;''&rho;'''''v'''&#8202;}} cannot mean {{math|(div&#8239;''&rho;'')'''v'''&#8202;,}} because the divergence of a scalar field is not defined.}} which is therefore also unambiguous,<ref>A demonstration like the foregoing is outlined by Gibbs ([[#gibbs-1881-4|1881]], &sect;&#8239;55).</ref> confirming theorem ({{EquationNote|5d}}). In short, the divergence operator is that which maps {{math|''&rho;'''''v'''}} to the rate of reduction of density at a fixed point:
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\rho\mathbf{v} = -\frac{\part\rho}{\part t} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|7d}}}}
This result, which expresses ''conservation of mass'', is a form of the so-called '''equation of continuity'''.

The partial derivative {{mvar|{{sfrac|&part;&rho;|&part;t}}&#8202;}} in ({{EquationNote|7d}}) must be distinguished from the '''material derivative''' {{mvar|{{sfrac|d&rho;|dt}}&#8202;}}, which is evaluated at a point that moves ''with the fluid''.{{efn|The material derivative {{mvar|{{sfrac|d|dt}}}} is also called the ''substantive'' derivative, and is sometimes written {{mvar|{{sfrac|D|Dt}}}} if the result is meant to be understood as a field rather than simply a function of time ([[#kemmer-77|Kemmer, 1977]], pp.&#8239;184–5).}} [Similarly, {{math|{{sfrac|''d''&#8202;'''v'''|''dt''}}}} in ({{EquationNote|6g}}) is the ''material'' acceleration, because it is the acceleration of the mobile mass&mdash;not of a fixed point!&#8239;]&#8239; To re-derive the equation of continuity in terms of the ''material'' derivative, the volume {{math|'''v'''&#8202;''dt''&#8202;'''&#11825;&#8239;n'''&#770;&#8239;''dS''&#8202;,}} which flows out through{{mvar| dS}} in time{{mvar| dt}} (as above), is integrated over {{mvar|&delta;S}} to obtain the increase in volume of the mass ''initially'' contained in {{mvar|dV}}. Dividing this by the mass, {{mvar|&rho;&#8239;dV}}, gives the increase in ''[[w:specific volume|specific volume]]'' {{math|(1&#10744;''&rho;'')}} of that mass, and then dividing by {{mvar|dt}} gives the rate of change of specific volume; that is,
:<math>\tfrac{1}{\rho~\!dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}\mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\mathbf{v}\,dS
       \,= \tfrac{d}{dt}\big(\rho^{-1}\big)
       = -\rho^{-2\,}\tfrac{d\rho}{dt} \,.</math>
Multiplying by {{math|''&rho;''&sup2;}} and comparing the left side with ({{EquationNote|4d}}), we obtain
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \rho\operatorname{div}\mathbf{v} = -\frac{d\rho}{dt} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|7d'}}}}
Whereas ({{EquationNote|7d}}) shows that {{math|div&#8239;''&rho;'''''v'''&#8202;}} is unambiguous, ({{EquationNote|7d'}}) shows that {{math|div&#8239;'''v'''&#8202;}} is unambiguous (provided that the right-hand sides are locally continuous). In accordance with the everyday meaning of "divergence", ({{EquationNote|7d'}}) also shows that {{math|div&#8239;'''v'''&#8202;}} is positive if the fluid is expanding ({{mvar|&rho; }}decreasing), negative if it is contracting ({{mvar|&rho; }}increasing), and zero if it is incompressible. In the last case, the equation of continuity reduces to
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{v} = 0
  \qquad</math>[&#8202;for an incompressible fluid&#8202;].|{{EquationRef|7i}}}}

For incompressible flow, any tubular surface tangential to the flow velocity, and consequently with no flow in or out of the "tube", has the same volumetric flow rate across all cross-sections of the "tube", as if the surface were the wall of a pipe full of liquid (except that the surface is not necessarily stationary). Accordingly, ''a vector field with zero divergence is described as '''solenoidal''''' (from the Greek word for "pipe"). More generally, a solenoidal vector field has the property that for any tubular surface tangential to the field, the flux integrals across any two cross-sections of the "tube" are the same&mdash;because otherwise there would be a net flux integral out of the closed surface comprising the two cross-sections and any segment of tube between them, in which case, by the divergence theorem ({{EquationNote|5d}}), the divergence would have to be non-zero somewhere inside, contrary to ({{EquationNote|7i}}).

=== Unambiguity of the curl (and gradient) ===

The unambiguity of the curl ({{EquationNote|4c}}) follows from the unambiguity of the divergence. Taking dot-products of ({{EquationNote|4c}}) with an arbitrary constant vector {{math|'''b''',}} we get
:<math>\begin{align}
    \mathbf{b}\cdot\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}\,
    &=\, \mathbf{b}\cdot\tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}
           \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q}
         \,dS \\[.5ex]
    &=\, \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}
           \mathbf{b}\cdot\mathbf{\hat{n}}\!\times\!\mathbf{q}
         \,dS \\[1ex]
    &=\, \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}
           \mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\mathbf{q}\!\times\!\mathbf{b}
         \,dS \,;
  \end{align}</math>
that is, by ({{EquationNote|4d}}),
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \cdot \mathbf{b}
    = \operatorname{div}(\mathbf{q}\!\times\!\mathbf{b})
  \qquad</math>[&#8202;for uniform {{math|'''b'''}}].|{{EquationRef|8c}}}}
(The parentheses around&#8202; {{math|'''q'''&#8202;&times;&#8202;'''b'''}}&#8202; on the right, although helpful because of the spacing, are not strictly necessary, because the alternative binding would be {{math|(div&#8201;'''q''')}}, which is a scalar, whose cross-product with the vector {{math|'''b'''}} is not defined. And the left-hand expression does not need parentheses, because it can only mean the dot-product of a curl with the vector {{math|'''b'''}}; it cannot mean the curl of a dot-product, because the curl of a scalar field is not defined.) This result ({{EquationNote|8c}}) is an identity if the vector {{math|'''b'''}} is ''independent of location'', so that it can be taken inside or outside the surface integral; thus {{math|'''b'''}} may be a uniform vector field, and may be time-dependent. If we make {{math|'''b'''}} a ''unit'' vector, the left side of the identity is the (scalar) component of {{math|curl&#8239;'''q'''}} in the direction of{{math|&#8202; '''b''',}} and the right side is unambiguous. Thus ''the curl is unambiguous because its component in any direction is unambiguous''. This confirms theorem ({{EquationNote|5c}}).

Similarly, the unambiguity of the divergence implies the unambiguity of the gradient. Starting with ({{EquationNote|4g}}), taking dot-products with an arbitrary uniform vector {{math|'''b''',}} and proceeding as above, we obtain
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla p \cdot \mathbf{b}
    = \operatorname{div} p\mathbf{b}
  \qquad</math>[&#8202;for uniform {{math|'''b'''}}].|{{EquationRef|8g}}}}
(The left-hand side does not need parentheses, because it can only mean the dot-product of a gradient with the vector {{math|'''b'''}}; it cannot mean the gradient of the dot-product of a scalar field with a vector field, because that dot-product would not be defined.) If we make {{math|'''b'''}} a ''unit'' vector, this result ({{EquationNote|8g}}) says that the (scalar) component of{{math| &nabla;''p''}} in the direction of{{math|&#8202; '''b'''}} is given by the right-hand side, which again is unambiguous. So here we have a second explanation of the unambiguity of the gradient: like the curl, it is unambiguous because its component in any direction is unambiguous.

We might well ask what happens if we take ''cross''-products with {{math|'''b'''}} on the left, instead of dot-products. If we start with ({{EquationNote|4g}}), the process is straightforward: in the end we can switch the order of the cross-product on the left, and change the sign on the right, obtaining
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla p \times \mathbf{b}
    = \operatorname{curl} p\mathbf{b}
  \qquad</math>[&#8202;for uniform {{math|'''b'''}}].|{{EquationRef|8p}}}}
(Again no parentheses are needed.) If we start with ({{EquationNote|4c}}) instead, and take {{math|'''b'''}} inside the integral, we get a vector triple product to expand, which leads to
:<math>\mathbf{b} \times \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    = \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}\!\mathbf{\hat{n}}\,\mathbf{b{\cdot}q}\,dS
    - \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}\!\mathbf{b{\cdot}\hat{n}\,q}\,dS \,,
  </math>
in which the first term on the right is simply&#8202; {{math|&nabla;&#8239;'''b&#11825;q'''}}&#8201; (the gradient of the dot-product). The second term is more problematic. ''If'' we had a scalar {{mvar|p}} instead of the vector {{math|'''q''',}} we could take {{math|'''b'''}} outside the second integral, so that the second term would be (minus) {{math|'''b&#8239;&#11825;'''&#8239;&nabla;''p''}}. This suggests that the actual second term should be (minus) {{math|'''b&#8239;&#11825;'''&#8239;&nabla;'''q'''}}.&#8201; Shall we therefore adopt the second term (without the sign) as the ''definition'' of{{math|&#8202; '''b&#11825;'''&nabla;&#8239;'''q'''}} for a ''vector'' {{math|'''q'''}} (treating {{math|'''b&#11825;'''&nabla;}} as an operator), and write
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{b} \times \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} ~\!=
    \nabla\,\mathbf{b{\cdot}q} - \mathbf{b}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{q}
  \qquad</math>[&#8202;for uniform {{math|'''b'''}}] ?|{{EquationRef|8q}}}}
The proposal would be open to the objection that&#8202; {{math|'''b&#11825;'''&nabla;&#8239;'''q'''}}&#8202; had been defined only for ''uniform''{{math| '''b'''&#8202;,}} whereas&#8202; {{math|'''b&#8239;&#11825;'''&#8239;&nabla;''p''&#8202;}} (for scalar{{mvar| p}}) is defined whether {{math|'''b'''}} is uniform or not.&#8201; So, for the moment, let us put ({{EquationNote|8q}}) aside and run with ({{EquationNote|8c}}), ({{EquationNote|8g}}), and ({{EquationNote|8p}}).

=== Another meaning of the gradient ===

Let {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} be a unit vector in a given direction, and let {{mvar|s}} be a parameter measuring distance (arc length) along a path in that direction. By equation ({{EquationNote|8g}}) and definition ({{EquationNote|4d}}), we have
:<math>\nabla p \cdot \mathbf{\hat{s}} =
    \operatorname{div} p\mathbf{\hat{s}} =
    \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S}\mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot p\mathbf{\hat{s}}\,dS\,,
  </math>
where, by the unambiguity of the divergence, the shape of the closed surface {{mvar|&delta;S}} enclosing {{mvar|dV}}&#8202; can be chosen for convenience. So let {{mvar|&delta;S}} be a right cylinder with cross-sectional area {{mvar|&alpha;}}&#8201; and perpendicular height {{mvar|ds&#8202;,}} with the path passing perpendicularly through the end-faces at parameter-values {{mvar|s}} and {{mvar|s+ds&#8202;,}} where the outward unit normal {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} consequently takes the values {{math|&minus;'''s&#770;'''}} and {{math|'''s&#770;'''&#8202;,}} respectively. And let the cross-sectional dimensions be small compared with {{mvar|ds}}&#8202; so that the values of{{mvar| p}} at the end-faces, say {{mvar|p}} and {{mvar|p+dp}}, can be taken to be the same as where the end-faces cut the path. Then&#8202; {{mvar|dV&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&alpha;&#8239;ds&#8202;}}, and the surface integral over{{mvar| &delta;S}} includes only the contributions from the end-faces (because {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} is perpendicular to {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} elsewhere); those contributions are respectively&#8201; <math>-\mathbf{\hat{s}}\!\cdot\!p\mathbf{\hat{s}}\,\alpha\,</math> and&#8201; <math>\mathbf{\hat{s}}\!\cdot\!(p\!+\!dp)\mathbf{\hat{s}}\,\alpha~\!,</math>  i.e.&#8239; <math>-p\alpha\,</math> and <math>(p\!+\!dp)\alpha</math>.  With these substitutions the above equation becomes
:<math>\begin{align}
    \nabla p \cdot \mathbf{\hat{s}}
    &= \tfrac{1}{\alpha\,ds}\Big({-}p\alpha + (p\!+\!dp)\alpha\Big) \\[1ex]
    &= \frac{\,p\!+\!dp ~-~ p\,}{ds} = \frac{\part p}{\part s} ~;
  \end{align}</math>
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \nabla p \cdot \mathbf{\hat{s}} = \part_s p \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|9g}}}}
where the right-hand side, commonly called the '''directional derivative''' of{{mvar| p}} in the {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} direction,<ref>[[#wilson-1901|Wilson, 1901]], pp.&#8239;147–8; [[#borisenko-tarapov-68|Borisenko &amp; Tarapov, 1968]], pp.&#8239;147–8 (again); [[#hsu-84|Hsu, 1984]], p.&#8239;92; [[#kreyszig-62-|Kreyszig, 1988]], pp.&#8239;485–6; [[#wrede-spiegel-10|Wrede &amp; Spiegel, 2010]], p.&#8239;198.</ref> is the derivative of{{mvar| p}} w.r.t. distance in that direction. Although ({{EquationNote|9g}}) has been obtained by taking that direction as fixed, the equality is evidently maintained if {{mvar|s}} measures arc length along any path ''tangential''&#8202; to{{math| '''s&#770;'''}} at the point of interest.

Equation ({{EquationNote|9g}}) is an alternative definition of the gradient: it says that ''the gradient of<math>~p</math> is the vector whose scalar component in any direction is the directional derivative of<math>~p</math> in that direction''. For ''real<math>~p</math>'', this component has its maximum, namely {{math|{{abs|&nabla;''p''}}&#8202;,}} in the direction of{{math| &nabla;''p''&#8202;}}; thus ''the gradient of<math>~p</math> is the vector whose direction is that in which the derivative of<math>~p</math> w.r.t. distance is a maximum, and whose magnitude is that maximum''. This is the usual conceptual definition of the gradient.<ref>Gibbs ([[#gibbs-1881-4|1881]], &sect;&#8239;50) ''introduces'' the gradient with this definition, except that he calls {{math|&nabla;''u''}} simply the ''derivative'' of{{mvar| u}}, and {{mvar|u}} the ''primitive'' of{{math| &nabla;''u''}}. Use of the term ''gradient'' as an alternative to ''derivative'' is reported by Wilson ([[#wilson-1901|1901]], p.&#8239;138).</ref> Sometimes it is convenient to work directly from this definition. For example, in Cartesian coordinates {{math|(''x'',&#8239;''y'',&#8239;''z''),}} if a scalar field is given by {{mvar|x&#8202;,}} its gradient is obviously the unit vector in the direction of the {{mvar|x }}axis, usually called {{math|'''i'''&#8202;}}; that is, {{math|&nabla;''x''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''i'''}}. Similarly, if&#8201; {{math|'''r'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''r''&#8202;'''r'''&#8202;&#770;}}&#8201; is the position vector, then {{math|&nabla;''r''&#8201;{{=}}&#8239;'''r'''&#8202;&#770;}}.

If&#8202; {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} is ''tangential''&#8202; to a '''level surface''' of{{mvar| p}} (a surface of constant{{mvar| p}}), then {{mvar|&part;<sub>s</sub>&#8201;p}}&#8202; in that direction is zero, in which case ({{EquationNote|9g}}) says that {{math|&nabla;''p''}} (if not zero) is orthogonal to{{math| '''s&#770;'''}}.&#8201; So<math>\,\nabla p</math> ''is orthogonal to the surfaces of constant<math>~p\,</math>'' (as we would expect, having just shown that the direction of{{math| &nabla;''p''}} is that in which {{mvar|p}} varies most steeply). This result leads to a method of finding a vector normal to a curved surface at a given point: if the equation of the surface is&#8239; {{math|''f''&#8239;('''r''')&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''C''&#8202;,}}&#8202; where {{math|'''r''' }}is the position vector and {{mvar|C&#8202; }}is a constant (possibly zero), a suitable vector is {{math|&nabla;''f''}}&#8202; evaluated at the given point.

If {{mvar|p}} is ''uniform''&#8202;&mdash;that is, if it has no spatial variation&mdash;then its derivative w.r.t. distance in every direction is zero; that is, the component of{{math| &nabla;''p''}} in every direction is zero, so that {{math|&nabla;''p''}} must be the zero vector. In short, ''the gradient of a uniform scalar field is zero''. Conversely, if {{mvar|p}} is ''not'' uniform, there must be some location and some direction in which its derivative w.r.t. distance, if defined at all, is non-zero, so that its gradient, if defined at all, is also non-zero. Thus ''a scalar field with zero gradient in some region is uniform in that region''.

=== Unambiguity of the Laplacian ===

Armed with our new definition of the gradient ({{EquationNote|9g}}), we can revisit our definition of the Laplacian ({{EquationNote|4L}}). If{{mvar| &psi;}} is a ''scalar'' field, then, by ({{EquationNote|9g}}),  <math>\part_n \psi</math> can be replaced by <math>\nabla\psi\cdot\mathbf{\hat{n}}\,</math> in ({{EquationNote|4L}}), which then becomes
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\triangle\psi \,=\,
    \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\nabla\psi \;dS \,;
  </math>|{{EquationRef|9L}}}}
that is, by definition ({{EquationNote|4d}}),
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\triangle\psi
    \,=\, \operatorname{div}\nabla\psi
  \qquad</math>[&#8202;for scalar {{mvar|&psi;}}].|{{EquationRef|9L'}}}}
So ''the Laplacian of a scalar field is the divergence of the gradient''. This is the usual ''introductory'' definition of the Laplacian&mdash;and on its face is applicable only in the case of a scalar field. The unambiguity of the Laplacian, in this case, follows from the unambiguity of the divergence and the gradient.

If, on the contrary, {{mvar|&psi;}} in definition ({{EquationNote|4L}}) is a ''vector'' field, then we can again take dot-products with a uniform vector {{math|'''b''',}} obtaining
:<math>(\triangle\psi)\cdot\mathbf{b} \,=\,
    \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S} \part_n(\psi\!\cdot\!\mathbf{b}) \,dS \,.
  </math>
If we make {{math|'''b'''}} a ''unit'' vector, this says that ''the scalar component of the Laplacian of a vector field, in any direction, is the Laplacian of the scalar component of that vector field in that direction''. As we have just established that the latter is unambiguous, so is the former.

But the unambiguity of the Laplacian can be generalized further. If
:{{big|<math>~\!\psi = \textstyle\sum_i \alpha_i \varphi_i</math>}}
<!-- EQUATION ENLARGED TO ENSURE SUBSCRIPTS ARE LEGIBLE. -->where each <math>\varphi_i</math> is a scalar field, and each {{mvar|&alpha;<sub>i</sub>}} is a constant, and the counter {{mvar|i}} ranges from (say) 1 to{{mvar| k&#8202;}}, then it is clear from ({{EquationNote|4L}}) that
{{NumBlk|:|<!-- ENLARGED TO ENSURE SUBSCRIPTS ARE LEGIBLE: -->{{big|<math>
    \triangle\big( \textstyle\sum_i \alpha_i \varphi_i \big)
    = \textstyle\sum_i \big( \alpha_i \triangle \varphi_i \big) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|10}}}}
In words, this says that ''the Laplacian of a linear combination of fields is the same linear combination of the Laplacians of the same fields''&mdash;or, more concisely, that ''the Laplacian is '''[[w:linearity|linear]]'''''. I say "it is clear" because the Laplacian as defined by ({{EquationNote|4L}}) is itself a linear combination, so that ({{EquationNote|10}}) merely asserts that we can regroup the terms of a nested linear combination; the gradient, curl, and divergence as defined by ({{EquationNote|4g}}) to ({{EquationNote|4d}}) are likewise linear. It follows from ({{EquationNote|10}}) that ''the Laplacian of a linear combination of fields is unambiguous if the Laplacians of the separate fields are unambiguous''. Now we have supposed that the fields <math>\varphi_i</math> are scalar and that the coefficients {{mvar|&alpha;<sub>i</sub>}} are constants. But the same logic applies if the "constants" are uniform basis vectors (e.g.,{{math| '''i''',&#8202;'''j''','''k'''}}), so that the "linear combination" can represent any vector field, whence the Laplacian of any vector field is unambiguous. And the same logic applies if the "constants" are chosen as a "basis" for a space of tensors of any order, so that the Laplacian of any tensor field of that order is unambiguous, and so on. In short, ''the Laplacian of any field that we can express with a uniform basis is unambiguous''.

=== The dot-del, del-cross, and del-dot operators ===

The gradient operator {{math|&nabla;}} is also called {{mvar|'''del'''}}.{{efn|Or ''nabla'', because it allegedly looks like the ancient Phoenician harp that the Greeks called by that name.}} If it simply denotes the gradient, we tend to pronounce it "grad" in order to emphasize the result. But it can also appear in combination with other operators to give other results, and in those contexts we tend to pronounce it "del".

One such combination is "dot del"&mdash;&#8202;as in "{{math|&#8202;'''b&#11825;'''&nabla;&#8202;}}", which we proposed for ({{EquationNote|8q}}), but did not quite manage to define satisfactorily for a vector operand. With our new definition of the gradient ({{EquationNote|9g}}), we can now make a second attempt. A general vector field {{math|'''q'''}} can be written {{math|{{abs|'''q'''}}&#8201;'''q'''&#770;&#8202;,}} so that
:<math>\mathbf{q}\cdot\nabla\psi
    \,=\, |\mathbf{q}| \,\mathbf{\hat{q}}\cdot\nabla\psi \,.
  </math>
If {{mvar|&psi;}} is a ''scalar'' field, we can apply ({{EquationNote|9g}}) to the right-hand side, obtaining
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{q}\cdot\nabla\psi
    ~\!=~\! |\mathbf{q}| \,\part_{s_q} \psi \,,
  </math>}}
where {{mvar|s<sub>q</sub>}} is distance in the direction of{{math| '''q'''}}. For ''scalar'' {{mvar|&psi;}}, this result is an identity between previously defined quantities. For ''non-scalar'' {{mvar|&psi;}}, we have not yet defined the left-hand side, but the right-hand side is still well-defined and self-explanatory (provided that we can differentiate {{mvar|&psi;}} w.r.t.{{mvar| s<sub>q</sub>}}). So we are free to adopt
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi \,:=\, |\mathbf{q}| \,\part_{s_q} \psi\,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|11}}}}
where {{mvar|s<sub>q</sub>}} is distance in the direction of{{math| '''q'''&#8202;,}} as the general definition of the ''operator'' {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;&#8202;,}} and to interpret it as defining both a ''unary'' operator&#8202; {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;}} which operates on a generic field, and a ''binary'' operator&#8202; {{math|'''&#11825;'''&nabla;}} which takes a (possibly uniform) vector field on the left and a generic field on the right.

For any vector field {{math|'''q'''&#8202;,}} it follows from ({{EquationNote|11}}) that ''if<math>~\psi</math> is a uniform field, then<math>\,\,\mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla~\!\psi=0</math>''.

For the special case in which {{math|'''q'''}} is a unit vector {{math|'''s&#770;'''&#8202;,}} with {{mvar|s}} measuring distance in the direction of&#8202; {{math|'''s&#770;'''&#8202;,}} definition ({{EquationNote|11}}) reduces to
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{\hat{s}}{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi = \part_s \psi \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|12}}}}
which agrees with ({{EquationNote|9g}}) but now holds for a ''generic'' field {{mvar|&psi;}} [whereas ({{EquationNote|9g}}) was for a ''scalar'' field, and was derived as a ''theorem'' based on earlier definitions]. So{{math| '''s&#770;&#11825;'''&nabla;&#8202;,}} with a unit vector {{math|'''s'''&#8202;,}} is the '''directional-derivative operator''' on a generic field; and by ({{EquationNote|11}}),&#8201; {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;}} is a '''scaled directional derivative''' operator on a generic field.

In particular, if&#8201; {{math|'''s&#770;'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''n'''&#770;}}&#8201; we have
:<math>\part_n \psi \,=\, \mathbf{\hat{n}}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi \,,</math>
which we may substitute into the original definition of the Laplacian ({{EquationNote|4L}}) to obtain
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\triangle\psi \,=\,
    \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S} \mathbf{\hat{n}}{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi \;dS \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|13L}}}}
which is just ({{EquationNote|9L}}) again, except that it now holds for for a ''generic'' field.

If our general definition of the gradient ({{EquationNote|4g}}) is also taken as the general definition of the {{math|&nabla;}} operator,<ref>''Cf''. [[#borisenko-tarapov-68|Borisenko &amp; Tarapov, 1968]], p.&#8239;157, eq.&#8239;(4.43), quoted in [[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], p.&#8239;33, eq.&#8239;(4.19).</ref> then, comparing ({{EquationNote|4g}}) with ({{EquationNote|4c}}), ({{EquationNote|4d}}), and ({{EquationNote|13L}}), we see that
:<math>\begin{align}
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} ~\!&= \nabla(\times\mathbf{q}) \\
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}  ~\!&= \nabla(\cdot\,\mathbf{q}) \\
    \triangle\psi                 ~\!&= \nabla(\cdot\nabla\,\psi) \,,
  \end{align}</math>
where the parentheses may seem to be required on account of the closing {{mvar|dS}}&#8202; in ({{EquationNote|4g}}).<ref>The first two cases may be compared with Javid &amp; Brown, 1963, cited in [[#tai-94|Tai, 1994]], p.&#8239;15.</ref> But if we write the factor {{mvar|dS}} ''before'' the integrand, the del operator in ({{EquationNote|4g}}) becomes
:<math>\nabla = \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S} dS\,\mathbf{\hat{n}} </math>
&mdash;''if''&#8202; we insist that it is to be read as a operator looking for an operand, and not as a self-contained expression. Then, if we similarly bring forward the {{mvar|dS}} in ({{EquationNote|4c}}), ({{EquationNote|4d}}), and ({{EquationNote|13L}}), the respective operators become<ref>The first two cases may be compared with Neff, 1991, cited in [[#tai-94|Tai, 1994]], p.&#8239;16.</ref>
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\begin{align}
    \operatorname{curl} &= \nabla\times \\
    \operatorname{div}  &= \nabla~\!\boldsymbol{\cdot} \\
    \triangle           &= \nabla\boldsymbol{\cdot}\nabla
  \end{align}</math>|{{EquationRef|14}}}}
(pronounced "del cross", "del dot", and "del dot del"), of which the last is usually abbreviated as{{math| &nabla;<sup>2</sup>}}&#8201; ("del squared").<ref>But Gibbs ([[#gibbs-1881-4|1881]]) and Wilson ([[#wilson-1901|1901]]) were content to leave it as {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''&nabla;}}.  And they did not call it the ''Laplacian''; they used that term with a different meaning, which has apparently fallen out of fashion.</ref> These notations are ubiquitous.

Another way to obtain the {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8202; operators (but ''not''{{math|&#8202; &nabla;<sup>2</sup>}}), again inspired by ({{EquationNote|4g}}), is to define
{{NumBlk|:|<math>T(\nabla)
    \,:=\, \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S} T(\mathbf{\hat{n}}) \,dS \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|14s}}}}
where {{mvar|T}}&#8202; is any well-defined function that takes a vector argument. Setting{{math|&#8202; ''T''&#8202;(&nabla;)}} to {{math|&nabla;''p''&#8202;,}} {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;&#8202;'''q'''&#8202;,}} and{{math| &nabla;'''&#11825;&#8239;q'''}}&#8239; in ({{EquationNote|14s}}), we obtain respectively {{math|&nabla;''p''&#8202;,}}&#8202; {{math|curl&#8201;'''q'''&#8202;,}} and&#8202; {{math|div&#8239;'''q'''}}&#8239; as given by ({{EquationNote|4g}}) to ({{EquationNote|4d}}). But this approach has undesirable side-effects&mdash;for example, that {{math|&nabla;''p''}}&#8202; becomes synonymous with{{math| ''p''&nabla;}}.&#8201; Accordingly, Chen-To Tai,<ref>[[#tai-fang-91|Tai &amp; Fang, 1991]], pp.&#8239;168–9.</ref> on the left of ({{EquationNote|14s}}), replaces{{math| &nabla;}} with his original symbol<math>~\nabla\!\!\!\!^{\textstyle_-}~\!\!,\,</math> which he calls the "symbolic operator" or the "{{nowrap|''S''&#8202;-operator}}" or, later, the "symbolic vector" or the "dummy vector". Tai in his later works (e.g.,&#8239;[[#tai-94|1994]],&#8239;[[#tai-95|1995]]) does not tolerate cross- or dot-products involving the del operator, but ''does'' tolerate such products involving his symbolic vector ([[#tai-95|1995]], pp.&#8239;50–52).

There is a misconception that the operational equivalences in ({{EquationNote|14}}) apply ''only'' in Cartesian coordinates.<ref>Durney &amp; Johnson, in ''Introduction to Modern Electromagnetics'' (1969, p.&#8239;45, cited in [[#tai-94|Tai, 1994]], p.&#8239;12), make the absurd statement that "a{{math| &nabla;}} operator cannot be defined in the other coordinate systems&hellip;" In the context, they apparently meant to say that&#8202; {{math|div&#8202;'''A'''}} isn't&#8202; {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;A'''}}&#8202; in other coordinate systems. Robert S. Elliott, in ''Electromagnetics'' (1966, p.&#8239;606, cited in [[#tai-94|Tai, 1994]], p.&#8239;13), says that "only in Cartesian coordinates&hellip; do the gradient and divergence operators turn out to be identical." Apparently he meant to say that only in Cartesian coordinates do the two operators differ by a dot. But what these authors apparently meant to say is still wrong, as shown with counterexamples by Kemmer (next reference).</ref> Tai does not accept them even in that case. But, because these equivalences have been derived from ''coordinate-free'' definitions of the operators, they must remain valid in any coordinate system ''provided that they are expressed correctly''&mdash;without (e.g.) inadvertently taking dependent variables inside or outside differentiations.<ref>The perception that they are restricted to Cartesian coordinates arises partly from failure to allow for the variability of the basis vectors in curvilinear coordinate systems; ''cf''. [[#kemmer-77|Kemmer, 1977]], pp.&#8239;163–5, 172–3 (Exs.&#8239;2,&#8239;3,&#8239;5), 230–33 (sol'ns). From the del operator and the derivatives of the basis vectors w.r.t. the coordinates, Kemmer finds the curl and divergence in cylindrical coordinates, notes that we can do the same "with a little greater effort" in spherical coordinates (p.&#8239;230), and finds the Laplacian of a scalar in both coordinate systems (p.&#8239;231). He further reports that the method works for the Laplacian of a vector in cylindrical and spherical coordinates and is relatively convenient for the former (p.&#8239;232), for which "differentiation of the unit vectors is very simple" (p.&#8239;165).</ref> That does ''not'' mean that they are always convenient, or easily verified, or conducive to the avoidance of error. But they sometimes make useful mnemonics; e.g., they let us rewrite identities ({{EquationNote|8c}}), ({{EquationNote|8g}}), and ({{EquationNote|8p}}) as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\left.\begin{align}
    \nabla\!\times\!\mathbf{q}\cdot\mathbf{b}
    &\,=\, \nabla\cdot\mathbf{q}\!\times\!\mathbf{b}\\[.5ex]
    \nabla p \cdot \mathbf{b}
    &\,=\, \nabla\cdot\;\! p\mathbf{b}\\[.5ex]
    \nabla p \times \mathbf{b}
    &\,=\, \nabla \times p\mathbf{b}
  \end{align}~\right\}\quad</math>for uniform {{math|'''b'''}}.
    |{{EquationRef|15}}}}
These would be basic ''algebraic'' vector identities if&#8202; {{math|&nabla;}} were an ordinary vector, and one could try to derive them from the "algebraic" behavior of{{math| &nabla;}}; but they're not, because it isn't, so we didn't&#8239;!  Moreover, these simple "algebraic" rules are for a uniform {{math|'''b''',}} and do not of themselves tell us what to do if&#8202; {{math|'''b'''}} is spatially variable; for example, ({{EquationNote|8g}}) is not applicable to ({{EquationNote|7d}}).

=== The advection operator ===

Variation or transportation of a property of a medium due to motion with the medium is called '''advection''' (which, according to its Latin roots, means "carrying to"). Suppose that a medium (possibly a fluid) moves with a velocity field {{math|'''v'''}} in some inertial reference frame. Let {{mvar|&psi;}} be a field (possibly a scalar field or a vector field) expressing some property of the medium (e.g., density, or acceleration, or stress,{{efn|Stress is a second-order tensor, and the origin of the term "tensor"; but, for present purposes, it's just another possible example of a field called{{mvar| &psi;}}.}}&hellip; or even {{math|'''v''' }}itself). We have seen that the time-derivative of{{mvar| &psi;}} may be specified in two different ways: as the ''partial'' derivative {{mvar|{{sfrac|&part;&psi;|&part;t}}&#8202;,}} evaluated at a fixed point (in the chosen reference frame), or as the ''material'' derivative {{mvar|{{sfrac|d&psi;|dt}}&#8202;}}, evaluated at a point moving at velocity {{math|'''v'''}} (i.e., ''with the medium''). The difference&#8202; {{mvar|{{sfrac|d&psi;|dt}}&#8202;&minus;&#8202;{{sfrac|&part;&psi;|&part;t}}&#8202;}} is due to motion with the medium. To find another expression for this difference, let {{mvar|s}} be a parameter measuring distance along the path traveled by a particle of the medium. Then, for points along the path, the surface-plot of the small change in {{mvar|&psi;}} (or any component thereof) as a function of small changes in {{mvar|t}} and {{mvar|s&#8202;}} (plotted on perpendicular axes) can be taken as a plane through the origin, so that
:{{big|<math>d\psi
    = \tfrac{\part\psi}{\part t}~\!dt + \tfrac{\part\psi}{\part s}~\!ds \;;
  </math>}}
that is, the change in {{mvar|&psi;}} is the sum of the changes due to the change in {{mvar|t}} and the change in {{mvar|s&#8202;}}. Dividing by {{mvar|dt}} gives
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\tfrac{d\psi}{dt}
  &= \tfrac{\part\psi}{\part t}+\tfrac{\part\psi}{\part s}~\!\tfrac{ds}{dt}\\[1ex]
  &= \tfrac{\part\psi}{\part t}+\tfrac{\part\psi}{\part s}~\!|\mathbf{v}| \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
i.e.,
:{{big|<math>\tfrac{d\psi}{dt}
    = \tfrac{\part\psi}{\part t} + |\mathbf{v}|\,\part_s \psi
  </math>}}
(and the first term on the right could have been written {{mvar|&part;<sub>t</sub>&#8239;&psi;}}). So the second term on the right is the contribution to the material derivative due to motion with the medium; it is called the '''advective term''', and is non-zero wherever a particle of the medium moves along a path on which {{mvar|&psi;}} varies with location&mdash;even if {{mvar|&psi;}} at ''each'' location is constant over time.&#8201; So the operator&#8202; {{math|{{abs|'''v'''}}&#8201;''&part;<sub>s</sub>''&#8202;,}} where {{mvar|s}} measures distance along the path, is the ''advection operator''&#8239;: it maps a property of a medium to the advective term in the time-derivative of that property. If{{mvar| &psi;}} is {{math|'''v''' }}itself, the above result becomes
:{{big|<math>\tfrac{d\mathbf{v}}{dt}
    = \tfrac{\part\mathbf{v}}{\part t} + |\mathbf{v}|\,\part_s \mathbf{v} \,,
  </math>}}
where the left-hand side (the ''material'' acceleration) is as given by Newton's second law, and the first term on the right (which we might call the "partial" acceleration) is the time-derivative of velocity in the chosen reference frame, and the second term on the right (the ''advective'' term) is the correction that must be added to the "partial" acceleration in order to obtain the material acceleration. This term is non-zero wherever velocity is non-zero and varies along a path, even if the velocity at each point on the path is constant over time (as when water speeds up while flowing at a constant volumetric rate into a nozzle). Paradoxically, while the material acceleration and the "partial" acceleration are apparently linear (first-degree) in {{math|'''v''',}} their difference (the advective term) is not. Thus the distinction between {{mvar|{{sfrac|&part;&psi;|&part;t}}}} and {{mvar|{{sfrac|d&psi;|dt}}}}&#8202; has the far-reaching implication that ''fluid dynamics is non-linear''.

Applying ({{EquationNote|11}}) to the last two equations, we obtain respectively
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\tfrac{d\psi}{dt}
    = \tfrac{\part\psi}{\part t} + \mathbf{v}{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|16}}}}
and
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\tfrac{d\mathbf{v}}{dt}
    = \tfrac{\part\mathbf{v}}{\part t} + \mathbf{v}{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{v} \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|16v}}}}
where, in each case, the second term on the right is the advective term. So ''the '''advection operator''' can also be written''&#8239;{{math| '''v&#11825;'''&nabla;&#8202;}}.

When the generic {{mvar|&psi;&#8202;}} in ({{EquationNote|16}}) is replaced by the density {{mvar|&rho;&#8202;}}, we get a relation between {{mvar|{{sfrac|&part;&rho;|&part;t}}&#8202;}} and {{mvar|{{sfrac|d&rho;|dt}}&#8202;}}, both of which we have seen before&mdash;in equations ({{EquationNote|7d}}) and ({{EquationNote|7d'}}) above. Substituting from those equations then gives
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\rho\mathbf{v}
    \,=\, \rho\operatorname{div}\mathbf{v} \,+\, \mathbf{v}\cdot\nabla\rho \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|17}}}}
where {{math|&nabla;''&rho;''}} can be taken as a gradient since {{mvar|&rho;}} is scalar. This result is in fact an identity&mdash;a ''product rule for the divergence''&mdash;as we shall eventually confirm by another method.

=== Generalized volume-integral theorem ===

We can rewrite the fourth integral theorem ({{EquationNote|5L}}) in the "dot del" notation as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi \;dS
    \,= \iiint_V \triangle\psi ~dV \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|18L}}}}
Then, using notations ({{EquationNote|14}}), we can condense ''all four'' integral theorems ({{EquationNote|5g}}), ({{EquationNote|5c}}), ({{EquationNote|5d}}), and ({{EquationNote|18L}}) into the single equation
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}} * \psi \;dS
    \,= \iiint_V \nabla * \psi ~dV \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|19}}}}
where the wildcard {{math|&lowast;}} (conveniently pronounced "star") is a generic binary operator which may be replaced by a null (direct juxtaposition of the operands) for theorem ({{EquationNote|5g}}), or a cross for ({{EquationNote|5c}}), or a dot for ({{EquationNote|5d}}), or&#8202; {{math|'''&#11825;'''&nabla;}} for ({{EquationNote|18L}}). This single equation is a ''generalized volume-integral theorem'', relating an integral over a volume to an integral over its enclosing surface.<ref>Kemmer ([[#kemmer-77|1977]], p.&#8239;98, eq.&#8239;4) gives an equivalent result for our first three integral theorems ({{EquationNote|5g}} to {{EquationNote|5d}}) only, and calls it the ''generalized divergence theorem'' because the divergence theorem is its most familiar special case.</ref>

Theorem ({{EquationNote|19}}) is based on the following definitions, which have been found unambiguous:
* the ''gradient'' of a scalar field {{mvar|p}} is the closed-surface integral of&#8202; {{math|'''n'''&#770;&#8202;''p''}} per unit volume, where {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} is the outward unit normal;
* the ''curl'' of a vector field is the skew surface integral per unit volume, also called the surface circulation per unit volume;
* the ''divergence'' of a vector field is the outward flux integral per unit volume; and
* the ''Laplacian'' is the closed-surface integral of the outward normal derivative, per unit volume.
The gradient maps a scalar field to a vector field; the curl maps a vector field to a vector field; the divergence maps a vector field to a scalar field; and the Laplacian maps a scalar field to a scalar field, or a vector field to a vector field, etc.

The ''gradient'' of {{mvar|p}}, as defined above, has been shown to be also
* the vector whose (scalar) component in any direction is the ''directional derivative'' of{{mvar| p}} in that direction (i.e. the derivative of{{mvar| p}} w.r.t. distance in that direction), and
* the vector whose direction is that in which the directional derivative of{{mvar| p}} is a maximum, and whose magnitude is that maximum.
Consistent with these alternative definitions of the gradient, we have defined the&#8202;{{math| '''&#11825;'''&nabla;}} operator so that&#8202; {{math|'''s&#770;&#11825;'''&nabla;}} (for a ''unit'' vector {{math|'''s&#770;'''}}) is the operator yielding the directional derivative in the direction of&#8202; {{math|'''s&#770;'''&#8202;,}} and we have used that notation to bring theorem ({{EquationNote|5L}}) under theorem ({{EquationNote|19}}).

So far, we have said comparatively little about the curl. That imbalance will now be rectified.

== Closed-circuit integrals per unit area ==

=== Instant integral theorems (on a condition) ===

Theorems ({{EquationNote|5g}}) to ({{EquationNote|5L}}) are three-dimensional: each of them relates an integral over a volume {{mvar|V}}&#8202; to an integral over its enclosing surface{{mvar| S}}. We now seek analogous ''two''-dimensional theorems, each of which relates an integral over a surface segment to an integral around its enclosing curve. For maximum generality, the surface segment should be allowed to be curved into a third dimension.{{efn|In mathematical jargon, it should be a two-dimensional ''manifold'' embedded in 3D Euclidean space.}} Theorems of this kind can be obtained as special cases of theorems ({{EquationNote|5g}}) to ({{EquationNote|5L}}) by suitably choosing {{mvar|V}} and {{mvar|S&#8202;}}; this is another advantage of our "volume first" approach.

Let {{mvar|&Sigma;}} be a surface segment enclosed by a curve {{mvar|C}} (a ''circuit'' or ''closed contour''), and let {{mvar|l}} be a parameter measuring arc length around {{mvar|C&#8202;}}, so that a general element of{{mvar| C}}&#8202; has length{{mvar| dl&#8202;}}; and let a general element of the surface {{mvar|&Sigma;}}&#8202; have area {{mvar|d&Sigma;}}. Let<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> be the unit normal vector at a general point on {{mvar|&Sigma;&#8202;}}, and let {{math|'''t'''&#8202;&#770;}} be the unit ''tangent'' vector to{{mvar| C}} at a general point on {{mvar|C}}&#8202; in the direction of increasing{{mvar| l}}. In the original case of a surface enclosing a volume, we had to decide whether the unit normal pointed into or out of the volume (we chose the latter). In the present case of a circuit enclosing a surface segment, we have to decide whether {{mvar|l}} is measured clockwise or counterclockwise as seen when looking in the direction of the unit normal, and we choose clockwise. So {{mvar|l }}''is measured clockwise about<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}},</math>'' and {{mvar|C }}is ''traversed'' clockwise about<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math>.

From {{mvar|&Sigma;}}&#8202; we can construct obvious candidates for {{mvar|V}} and{{mvar| S}}. From every point on {{mvar|&Sigma;&#8202;}}, erect a perpendicular with a uniform ''small''&#8202; height {{mvar|h}} in the direction of<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math>. Then simply let {{mvar|V}} be the volume occupied by all the perpendiculars, and let {{mvar|S}} be its enclosing surface. Thus {{mvar|V}} is a (generally curved) thin slab of uniform thickness{{mvar| h}}, whose enclosing surface {{mvar|S}} consists of two close parallel (generally curved) broad faces connected by a perpendicular ''edge-face'' of uniform height{{mvar| h&#8202;}}; and we can treat<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> as a vector ''field''&#8202; by extrapolating it perpendicularly from{{mvar| &Sigma;}}. If we can arrange for {{mvar|h}} to cancel out, the volume{{mvar| V}}&#8202; will serve as a 3D representation of the surface segment{{mvar| &Sigma;}}&#8202; while the ''edge-face'' will serve as a 2D representation of the curve{{mvar| C&#8202;}}, so that our four theorems will relate an integral around {{mvar|C}}&#8202; to an integral over {{mvar|&Sigma;}}&#8201; ''provided that there is no contribution from the broad faces to the integral over''{{mvar| S}}. For brevity, let us call this proviso the ''2D condition''.

''If''&#8202; the 2D condition is satisfied, an integral over the new {{mvar|S}}&#8202; reduces to an integral over the edge-face, on which
:<math>dS = h\,dl \,,</math>
so that the cancellation of{{mvar| h}} will leave an integral over {{mvar|C}}&#8202; w.r.t. length. Meanwhile, in an integral over the new{{mvar| V}}, regardless of the 2D condition, we have
:<math>dV = h\,d\varSigma \,,</math>
so that the cancellation of{{mvar| h}} will leave an integral over {{mvar|&Sigma;}}&#8202; w.r.t. area. So, substituting for {{mvar|dS}} and {{mvar|dV}}&#8202; in ({{EquationNote|5g}}) to ({{EquationNote|5L}}), and canceling {{mvar|h}} as planned, we obtain respectively
{{NumBlk|:|<math>~~~~~\!\oint_C \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!p \,dl
    \,= \iint_{\varSigma} \nabla p ~d\varSigma \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|20g}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\oint_C \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{q} \,dl
    \,= \iint_{\varSigma} \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} ~d\varSigma \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|20c}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>~~\!\oint_C \mathbf{\hat{n}\cdot q} \,dl
    \,= \iint_{\varSigma} \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} ~d\varSigma \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|20d}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>~~\oint_C \part_n \psi \;dl
    \,= \iint_{\varSigma} \triangle\psi ~d\varSigma \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|20L}}}}
''all subject to the 2D condition''. In each equation, the circle on the left integral sign acknowledges that the integral is around a closed loop. The unit vector {{math|'''n'''&#770;&#8202;,}} which ''was'' normal to the edge-face, is now normal to both {{math|'''t'''&#8202;&#770;}} and<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math>; that is, {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} is tangential to the surface segment {{mvar|&Sigma;}}&#8202; and projects perpendicularly outward from its bounding curve.

On the left side of ({{EquationNote|20g}}), the 2D condition is satisfied if (but not only if) {{math|'''n'''&#770;''p''}} takes equal-and-opposite values at any two opposing points on opposing broad faces of{{mvar| S&#8202;,}} i.e. if {{mvar|p}} takes the ''same'' value at such points, i.e. if {{mvar|p}} has a zero directional derivative normal to{{mvar| &Sigma;&#8202;,}} i.e. if {{math|&nabla;''p''}} has no component normal to{{mvar| &Sigma;}}. Thus a sufficient "2D condition" for ({{EquationNote|20g}}) is the obvious one.

Skipping forward to ({{EquationNote|20L}}), we see that the 2D condition is satisfied if<math>~\part_n \psi</math> takes equal-and-opposite values at any two opposing points on opposing broad faces of{{mvar| S&#8202;,}} i.e. if<math>~\part_{\nu}\psi</math> (where <math>\nu</math> measures distance in the direction of<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math>) takes the ''same'' value at such points, i.e. if<math>~\part^2_{\nu}\psi\!=\!0</math>.

For ({{EquationNote|20c}}) and ({{EquationNote|20d}}), the 2D constraint can be satisfied by construction, with more useful results&mdash;as explained under the next two headings. To facilitate this process, we first make a minor adjustment to {{mvar|&Sigma;}} and{{mvar| C}}. Noting that any curved surface segment can be approximated to any desired accuracy by a ''polyhedral'' surface enclosed by a ''polygon'', we shall indeed consider {{mvar|&Sigma;}}&#8202; to be a polyhedral surface made up of small planar elements, {{mvar|d&Sigma;}}&#8202; being the area of a general element, and we shall indeed consider {{mvar|C}} to be a polygon with short sides, {{mvar|dl}} being the length of a general side.{{efn|If any part of our argument requires {{mvar|&Sigma;}} or {{mvar|C}} to be ''smooth'', this is not an impediment, because having approximated {{mvar|&Sigma;}} or{{mvar| C}} to any desired accuracy by a polyhedron or polygon, we can then approximate the polyhedron or polygon to any desired ''higher'' accuracy by a smooth surface or curve!}} The benefit of this trick, as we shall see, is to make the unit normal <math>\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> uniform over each surface element, without forcing us to treat {{math|'''q'''}} (or any other field) as uniform over the same element. But, as the elements of{{mvar| C}}&#8202; can ''independently'' be made as short as we like (dividing straight sides into shorter elements if necessary!), we can still consider <math>\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}},</math> {{math|'''q'''&#8202;,}} and {{math|'''t'''&#8202;&#770;}} to be uniform over each element of{{mvar| C}}.

=== Special case for the gradient ===

In ({{EquationNote|20c}}), the 2D condition is satisfied by<math>~\mathbf{q}\!=\!p\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> (where {{mvar|p}} is a scalar field), because then the integrand on the left is zero on the broad faces of{{mvar| S&#8202;}}, where {{math|'''n'''}} is parallel to<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math>. Equation ({{EquationNote|20c}}) then becomes
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \oint_C \mathbf{\hat{n}}{\times}\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}~\!p \;dl \,=
    \iint_{\varSigma}\operatorname{curl}p\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\;d\varSigma \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|21n}}}}
Now on the left,&#8201; <math>\mathbf{\hat{n}}\!\times\!\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\!=\!-\mathbf{\hat{t}}~\!;\,</math> and on the right, over each surface element, the unit normal <math>\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> is uniform so that, by ({{EquationNote|8p}}),&#8201; {{midsize|<math>\operatorname{curl}p\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}=~\!\!\nabla p \!\times\!\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}=-\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\!\times\!\nabla p</math>}}.  With these substitutions, the minus signs cancel and we get
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \oint_C p\mathbf{\hat{t}} \,dl \,=
    \iint_{\varSigma} \boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\times\nabla p \;d\varSigma
  </math>|{{EquationRef|21g}}}}
or, if we write&#8201; {{math|''d'''''r'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''t'''&#8202;&#770;&#8239;''dl''}}&#8201; and&#8201; <math>\boldsymbol{d\varSigma}\!=\!\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\,d\varSigma~\!,</math>
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \oint_C p \,d\mathbf{r} \,=
    \iint_{\varSigma} \big(\boldsymbol{d\varSigma}\times\!\nabla p\big) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|21r}}}}
This result, although well attested in the literature,<ref>E.g., [[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1884]], &sect;&#8239;165, eq.&#8239;(1); [[#wilson-1901|Wilson, 1901]], p.&#8239;255, Ex.&#8239;1; [[#kemmer-77|Kemmer, 1977]], p.&#8239;99, eq.&#8239;(6); [[#hsu-84|Hsu, 1984]], p.&#8239;146, eq.&#8239;(7.31).</ref> does not seem to have a name&mdash;unlike the next result.

=== Special case for the curl ===

In ({{EquationNote|20d}}), the 2D condition is satisfied if {{math|'''q'''}} is replaced by<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}{\times}\mathbf{q}~\!,\,</math> because then (again) the integrand on the left is zero on the broad faces of{{mvar| S&#8202;}}, where {{math|'''n'''}} is parallel to<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math>. Equation ({{EquationNote|20d}}) then becomes
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \oint_C \mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}{\times}\mathbf{q} \;dl
    \,=
    \iint_{\varSigma}
      \operatorname{div}(\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\!\times\!\mathbf{q})
    \,d\varSigma \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|22n}}}}
Now on the left, the integrand can be written&#8201; <math>\mathbf{\hat{n}}{\times}\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\!\cdot\!\mathbf{q}\!=\!-\mathbf{\hat{t}}\!\cdot\!\mathbf{q}~\!;\,</math> and on the right,&#8201; {{midsize|<math>\operatorname{div}(\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\!\times\!\mathbf{q})\!=\!-\operatorname{div}(\mathbf{q}\!\times\!\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}})\!=\!-\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\,</math>}} by identity ({{EquationNote|8c}}), since <math>\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> is uniform over each surface element.  With these substitutions, the minus signs cancel and we get
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \oint_C \mathbf{q} \cdot \mathbf{\hat{t}} \,dl \,=
    \iint_{\varSigma}
      \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}
    \,d\varSigma
  </math>|{{EquationRef|22c}}}}
or, if we again write&#8201; {{math|''d'''''r'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''t'''&#8202;&#770;&#8239;''dl''}}&#8201; and&#8201; <math>\boldsymbol{d\varSigma}\!=\!\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}\,d\varSigma~\!,</math>
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \oint_C \mathbf{q} \cdot d\mathbf{r} \,=
    \iint_{\varSigma}
      \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}\cdot\boldsymbol{d\varSigma} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|22r}}}}
This result&mdash;the best-known theorem relating an integral over a surface segment to an integral around its enclosing curve, and the best-known theorem involving the curl&mdash;is called ''[[w:Sir George Stokes, 1st Baronet|Stokes]]' theorem'' or, more properly, the '''[[w:Lord Kelvin|Kelvin]]&ndash;Stokes theorem''',<ref>''Cf''. [[#katz-79|Katz, 1979]], pp.&#8239;149–50.</ref> or simply the ''curl theorem''.<ref>Although Hsu ([[#hsu-84|1984]], p.&#8239;141) applies that name to our theorem ({{EquationNote|5c}}).</ref>

The integral on the left of ({{EquationNote|22c}}) or ({{EquationNote|22r}}) is called the '''circulation''' of the vector field {{math|'''q'''}} around the closed curve{{mvar| C}}. So, <span id="kelvin-stokes-verbal">in words</span>, the Kelvin&ndash;Stokes theorem says that ''the circulation of a vector field around a closed curve is equal to the flux of the curl of that vector field through any surface spanning that closed curve''.

Now let a general element of {{mvar|&Sigma;}} (with area {{mvar|d&Sigma;&#8202;}}) be enclosed by the curve {{mvar|&delta;C}}, traversed in the same direction as the outer curve {{mvar|C}}. Then, applying ({{EquationNote|22c}}) to the single element, we have
:<math>
    \oint_{\delta C} \!\mathbf{q} \cdot \mathbf{\hat{t}} \,dl \,=\,
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}} \,d\varSigma \,;
  </math>
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}\cdot\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}} \,=\,
    \frac{1}{d\varSigma}\oint_{\delta C}\!\mathbf{q}\cdot\mathbf{\hat{t}}\,dl\,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|23c}}}}
where the right-hand side is simply the ''circulation per unit area''.

Equation ({{EquationNote|23c}}) is an alternative definition of the curl: it says that ''the curl of''{{math| '''q'''}} ''is the vector whose scalar component in any direction is the circulation of''{{math| '''q'''}} ''per unit area of a surface whose normal points in that direction''. For ''real''{{math| '''q''',}} this component has its maximum, namely {{math|{{abs|curl&#8201;'''q'''}}&#8202;,}} in the direction of{{math| curl&#8239;'''q'''&#8202;}}; thus ''the curl of''{{math| '''q'''}} ''is the vector whose direction is that which a surface must face if the circulation of''{{math| '''q'''}} ''per unit area of that surface is to be a maximum, and whose magnitude is that maximum''. This is the usual conceptual definition of the curl.<ref>E.g., [[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1881]], &sect;&#8239;61; [[#hsu-84|Hsu, 1984]], pp.&#8239;117–18.</ref>

[Notice, however, that our original volume-based definition ({{EquationNote|4c}}) is more succinct: the curl is the closed-surface circulation per unit volume, i.e. the skew surface integral per unit volume.]

It should now be clear where the curl gets its name (coined by [[w:James Clerk Maxwell|Maxwell]]), and why it is also called the ''rotation'' (indeed the {{math|curl}} operator is sometimes written "{{math|rot}}", especially in Continental languages, in which "rot" does not have the same unfortunate everyday meaning as in English). It should be similarly unsurprising that ''a vector field with zero curl is described as '''irrotational''''' (which one must carefully pronounce differently from "{{nowrap|irr''i&#8202;''tational}}"!), and that the curl of the velocity of a medium is called the '''vorticity'''.

[[File:Vorticity_Figure_03_a-m.gif|thumb|Animation of a non-vortex-like velocity field whose curl (like its circulation around the red loop) is non-zero due to shear.]]
[[File:Vorticity_Figure_02_a-m.gif|thumb|Animation of a vortex-like velocity field whose curl is zero because the shear compensates for the rotation.]]

However, a field does not need to be vortex-like in order to have a non-zero curl; for example, by identity ({{EquationNote|8p}}), in Cartesian coordinates, the velocity field {{math|''x'''''j'''}} has a curl equal to&#8201; {{math|&nabla;''x''&#8201;&times;&#8239;'''j'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''i'''&#8202;&times;&#8202;'''j'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''k'''&#8202;,}}&#8201; although it describes a ''shearing'' motion rather than a rotating motion. This is understandable because if you hold a pencil between the palms of your hands and slide one palm over the other (a shearing motion), the pencil rotates. Conversely, we can have a vortex-like field whose curl is zero everywhere except on or near the axis of the vortex. For example, the '''Maxwell&ndash;Amp&egrave;re law''' in magnetostatics says that&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;'''H'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''J'''&#8202;,}} where {{math|'''H'''}} is the '''magnetizing field''' and {{math|'''J'''}} is the current density.{{efn|In the general case, there is an extra term {{math|{{sfrac|''&part;''&#8202;'''D'''|''&part;t''}}}} on the right; but this term is zero in the magneto''static'' case.}} So if the current is confined to a wire, {{math|curl&#8201;'''H'''&#8202;}} is zero outside the wire&mdash;although, as is well known, the field lines circle the wire. The resolution of the paradox is that {{math|'''H'''}} gets stronger as we approach the wire, making a shearing pattern, whose effect on the curl counteracts that of the rotation.

=== The curl-grad and div-curl operators ===

We have seen from ({{EquationNote|9L}}) that the Laplacian of a scalar field is the divergence of the gradient. Four more such second-order combinations make sense, namely the curl of the gradient (of a scalar field), and the divergence of the curl, the gradient of the divergence, and the curl of the curl (of a vector field). The first two&#8239;&mdash;"curl grad" and "div curl"&mdash;&#8239;can now be disposed of.

Let the surface segment {{mvar|&Sigma;}} enclosed by the curve{{mvar| C}}&#8202; be a segment of the closed surface {{mvar|S}} surrounding the volume{{mvar| V}}, and let {{mvar|&Sigma;}} expand across {{mvar|S}} until it engulfs{{mvar| V},} so that {{mvar|C}} shrinks to a point on the far side of{{mvar| S}}. Then, in the nameless theorem ({{EquationNote|21g}}) and the Kelvin&ndash;Stokes theorem ({{EquationNote|22c}}), the integral on the left becomes zero while {{mvar|&Sigma;}} and <math>\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> on the right become {{mvar|S}} and {{math|'''n'''&#770;&#8202;,}} so that the theorems respectively reduce to
:<math>
    \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\nabla p \;dS
     \,=\, \mathbf{0}
  </math>
and
:<math>
    \iint_S
      \mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    \;dS \,=\, 0 \,.
  </math>
Applying theorem ({{EquationNote|5c}}) to the first of these two equations, and the divergence theorem ({{EquationNote|5d}}) to the second, we obtain respectively
:<math>\iiint_V \operatorname{curl}\nabla p \;dV ~\!=\, \mathbf{0} \,,</math>
and
:<math>
    \iiint_{V}
      \operatorname{div}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    \;dV ~\!=\, 0 \,.
  </math>
As the integrals vanish for ''any'' volume {{mvar|V}}&#8202; in which the integrands are defined, the integrands must be zero wherever they are defined; that is,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\nabla p \equiv \mathbf{0}
  </math>|{{EquationRef|24c}}}}
and
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \equiv 0 \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|24d}}}}
In words, ''the curl of the gradient is zero'', and ''the divergence of the curl is zero''; or, more concisely, ''any gradient is irrotational'', and ''any curl is solenoidal''.

We might well ask whether the converses are true. Is every irrotational vector field the gradient of something? And is every solenoidal vector field the curl of something? The answers are affirmative, but the proofs require more preparation.

Meanwhile we may note, as a mnemonic aid, that when the left-hand sides of the last two equations are rewritten in the del-cross and del-dot notations, they become&#8201; {{math|&nabla;&#8201;&times;&#8201;&nabla;''p''}}&#8201; and&#8201; {{math|&nabla;&#8201;'''&#11825;'''&#8201;&nabla;&#8202;&times;&#8202;'''q'''&#8202;,}} respectively. The former ''looks like'' (but isn't) a cross-product of two parallel vectors, and the latter ''looks like'' (but isn't) a scalar triple product with a repeated factor, so that each expression ''looks like'' it ought to be zero (and it is). But such appearances can lead one astray, because {{math|&nabla;}} is an operator, not a self-contained vector quantity; for example,&#8201; {{math|&nabla;''p''&#8201;&times;&#8201;&nabla;''&phi;''}}&#8201; is ''not'' identically zero, because two gradients are not necessarily parallel.<ref>''Cf''. [[#feynman-63|Feynman, 1963]], vol.&#8239;2, &sect;2-8.</ref>

We should also note, to tie a loose end, that identity ({{EquationNote|24d}}) was to be expected from our [[#kelvin-stokes-verbal|verbal statement]] of the Kelvin&ndash;Stokes theorem ({{EquationNote|22c}}). That statement implies that the flux of the curl through any two surfaces spanning the same closed curve is the same. So if we make a ''closed'' surface from two spanning surfaces, the flux into one spanning surface is equal to the flux out of the other, i.e. the net flux out of the closed surface is zero, i.e. the integral of the divergence over the enclosed volume is zero; and since ''any'' simple volume in which the divergence is defined can be enclosed this way, the divergence itself (of the curl) must be zero wherever it is defined.

== Change per unit length ==

Continuing (and concluding) the trend of reducing the number of dimensions, we now seek ''one''-dimensional theorems, each of which relates an integral over a ''path'' to values at the endpoints of the path. For maximum generality, the path should be allowed to be curved into a second and a third dimension.

We ''could'' do this by further specializing theorems ({{EquationNote|5g}}) to ({{EquationNote|5L}}). We could take a curve {{math|&Gamma;}} with a unit tangent vector {{math|'''s&#770;'''}}. At every point on {{math|&Gamma;}} we could mount a circular disk with a uniform ''small'' area {{mvar|&alpha;&#8202;,}} centered on{{math| &Gamma;}} and orthogonal to it. We could let {{mvar|V}} be the volume occupied by all the disks and let {{mvar|S}} be its enclosing surface; thus {{mvar|V}} would be a thin right circular cylinder, except that its axis could be curved. If we could arrange for {{mvar|&alpha;}} to cancel out, our four theorems would indeed be reduced to the desired form, ''provided'' that there were no contribution from the curved face of the "cylinder" to the integral over{{mvar| S}} (the "1D proviso"). But, as it turns out, this exercise yields only one case in which the "1D proviso" can be satisfied by a construction involving {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} and a general field, and we have already ''almost'' discovered that case by a simpler and more conventional argument&mdash;which we shall now continue.

=== Fundamental theorem ===

Equation ({{EquationNote|9g}}) is applicable where {{math|''p''('''r''')}} is a scalar field,&#8201; {{mvar|s}} is a parameter measuring arc length along a curve{{math| &Gamma;,}} and {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} is the unit tangent vector to{{math| &Gamma;}} in the direction of increasing{{mvar| s}}. Let {{mvar|s}} take the values {{math|''s''<sub>1</sub>}} and {{math|''s''<sub>2</sub>}} at the endpoints of{{math| &Gamma;,}} where the position vector {{math|'''r'''}} takes the values {{math|'''r'''<sub>1</sub>}} and {{math|'''r'''<sub>2</sub>}} respectively. Then, integrating ({{EquationNote|9g}}) w.r.t.{{mvar| s}} from {{math|''s''<sub>1</sub>}} to {{math|''s''<sub>2</sub>}} and applying the fundamental theorem of calculus, we get
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \int_{s_1}^{s_2} \nabla p \cdot \mathbf{\hat{s}} \,ds
      \,=\, p(\mathbf{r}_2) - p(\mathbf{r}_1) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|25g}}}}
This is our third integral theorem involving the gradient, and the best-known of the three: it is commonly called simply the '''[[w:gradient theorem|gradient theorem]]''',<ref>Although Hsu ([[#hsu-84|1984]], p.&#8239;141) applies that name to our theorem ({{EquationNote|5g}}).</ref> or the ''fundamental theorem of the gradient'', or the ''fundamental theorem of line integrals''; it generalizes the fundamental theorem of calculus to a curved path.<ref>''Cf''. [[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1881]], &sect;&sect;&#8239;50,&#8239;59; presumably this is one reason why Gibbs called the gradient simply the ''derivative''.</ref> If we write {{math|''d'''''r'''}}&#8202; for&#8239; {{math|'''s&#770;'''&#8239;''ds''}} (the change in the position vector), we get the theorem in the alternative form
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \int_{\mathbf{r}_1}^{\mathbf{r}_2} \nabla p \cdot d\mathbf{r}
      \,=\, p(\mathbf{r}_2) - p(\mathbf{r}_1) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|25r}}}}
As the right-hand side of ({{EquationNote|25g}}) or ({{EquationNote|25r}}) obviously depends on the endpoints but ''not on the path in between'', so does the integral on the left. This integral is commonly called the '''work integral''' of{{math| &nabla;''p''}} over the path&mdash;because if {{math|&nabla;''p''}} is a force, the integral is the work done by the force over the path. So, in words, the gradient theorem says that ''the change in value of a scalar field from one point to another is the work integral of the gradient of that field field over any path from the one to the other''.

Applying ({{EquationNote|25r}}) to a single element of the curve, we get
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla p \cdot d\mathbf{r} = dp \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|26g}}}}
which is reminiscent of&#8201; <math>y'(x)~\!dx\,{=}\,dy\,</math> in elementary calculus.<ref>''Cf''. [[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1881]], &sect;&sect;&#8239;50,&#8239;51; presumably this is another reason why Gibbs called the gradient the ''derivative''.</ref> Alternatively, we could have obtained ({{EquationNote|26g}}) by multiplying both sides of ({{EquationNote|9g}}) by{{mvar| ds}}, and then obtained ({{EquationNote|25r}}) by adding ({{EquationNote|26g}}) over all the elemental displacements{{math| ''d'''''r'''}} on any path from {{math|'''r'''<sub>1</sub>}} to{{math| '''r'''<sub>2</sub>}}.

If we ''close'' the path by setting&#8201; {{math|'''r'''<sub>2 </sub>{{=}} '''r'''<sub>1</sub>&#8202;,}} the gradient theorem reduces to
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\oint \nabla p \cdot d\mathbf{r} \,=\, 0 \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|27g}}}}
where the integral is around ''any'' closed loop. Applying the Kelvin&ndash;Stokes theorem then gives
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \iint_{\varSigma}
      \operatorname{curl}\nabla p \cdot \boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}
    \,d\varSigma \,=\, 0 \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|28g}}}}
where {{mvar|&Sigma;}} is any surface spanning the loop and<math>~\boldsymbol{\hat{\nu}}</math> is the unit normal to{{mvar| &Sigma;}}.&#8201; As this applies to any loop spanned by any surface on which the integrand is defined,&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;&nabla;''p''}}&#8202; must be zero wherever it is defined. This is a second proof (more conventional than the first) of theorem ({{EquationNote|24c}}).

=== Scalar potential: field with given gradient ===

'''Lemma''':  If&#8201; {{math|curl&#8239;'''q'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''0'''}}&#8201; in a simply connected region{{mvar| V}},&#8201; then&#8239; <math>\textstyle\int\!\mathbf{q}\!\cdot\!d\mathbf{r}\,</math> over any path in{{mvar| V}}&#8239; depends only on the endpoints of the path.

''Proof:''  Suppose, on the contrary, that there are two paths {{math|&Gamma;}} and {{math|&Lambda;}} in{{mvar| V}},&#8202; with a common starting point and a common finishing point, such that
:<math>\textstyle\int_{\Gamma}\mathbf{q}\cdot d\mathbf{r}
       \,\neq \textstyle\int_{\Lambda}\mathbf{q}\cdot d\mathbf{r} \,.</math>
Let&#8201; {{math|&minus;&Lambda;}} denote {{math|&Lambda;}} traversed backwards. Then for every {{math|''d'''''r'''}} on {{math|&Lambda;}}&#8201; there is an equal and opposite{{math| ''d'''''r'''}} on&#8202; {{math|&minus;&Lambda;&#8202;,}} so that we have
:<math>\textstyle\int_{\Gamma}\mathbf{q}\cdot d\mathbf{r} \,\neq\,
       \textstyle-\!\int_{-\Lambda}\mathbf{q}\cdot d\mathbf{r} \,,</math>
i.e.
:<math>\textstyle\int_{\Gamma}\mathbf{q}\cdot d\mathbf{r} \,+
  \textstyle\int_{-\Lambda}\mathbf{q}\cdot d\mathbf{r} \,\neq\, 0 \,,</math>
where the left-hand side is now a work integral of{{math| '''q'''}} around a closed loop in{{mvar| V}}.&#8201; By the simple connectedness of{{mvar| V}},&#8202; this loop is spanned by some surface{{mvar| &Sigma;}} in{{mvar| V}}.&#8201; So we can apply the Kelvin&ndash;Stokes theorem and conclude that the flux integral of&#8202; {{math|curl&#8239;'''q'''}}&#8202; through{{mvar| &Sigma;}}&#8202; is non-zero, in which case&#8202; {{math|curl&#8239;'''q'''}}&#8202; must be non-zero somewhere on{{mvar| &Sigma;&#8202;,}} hence somewhere in{{mvar| V}}&#8201;&mdash;&#8239;contradicting the hypothesis of the lemma. &#9724;

'''Corollary''':  If&#8201; {{math|curl&#8239;'''q'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''0'''}}&#8201; in a simply connected region{{mvar| V}},&#8202; there exists a scalar field {{mvar|p}} such that&#8239; {{math|'''q'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&nabla;''p''}}&#8201; in{{mvar| V}}.

''Proof:''  We shall show that a suitable candidate is
:<math>p(\mathbf{r}) \,=
    \int_{\mathbf{r}_0}^{\mathbf{r}} \!\mathbf{q}\cdot d\boldsymbol{\rho} \,,
  </math>
where {{math|'''r'''<sub>0</sub>}} is the position vector of any fixed point in{{mvar| V}},&#8202; and {{mvar|'''&rho;'''}} is the position vector of a general point on the path of integration, which may be any path in{{mvar| V}}. First note that {{math|''p''('''r''')}} is unambiguous because, by the preceding lemma, it is independent of the path for given {{math|'''r'''<sub>0</sub>}} and{{math| '''r''',}} provided that the path is in{{mvar| V}}.&#8201; Now to find&#8202; {{math|&nabla;''p''('''r'''),}}&#8202; let {{mvar|&sigma;}} be the arc length along the path from {{math|'''r'''<sub>0</sub>}} to{{mvar| '''&rho;'''&#8202;}}, so that {{mvar|&sigma;}} ranges from 0 to (say){{mvar| s}}&#8201; as {{mvar|'''&rho;'''}} ranges from {{math|'''r'''<sub>0</sub>}} to{{math| '''r'''&#8202;}}; and let {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} be the unit vector tangential to the path at{{mvar| '''&rho;'''&#8202;}}, in the direction of increasing{{mvar| &sigma;}}.&#8201; Then&#8239; {{math|''d'''&rho;'''''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;'''s&#770;'''&#8239;''d&sigma;''&#8202;,}} so that the above equation becomes
:<math>p\big(\mathbf{r}(s)\big) \,=
    \int_0^s \!\mathbf{q}\cdot\mathbf{\hat{s}} \,d\sigma \,.
  </math>
Differentiating w.r.t.{{mvar| s}} gives
:<math>\part_s p = \mathbf{q}\cdot\mathbf{\hat{s}} \,,</math>
where {{math|'''s&#770;'''}} is evaluated at&#8201; {{mvar|&sigma;&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;s}}&#8201; and is therefore in the direction in which the path reaches{{math| '''r'''}}.&#8201; By the generality of the path, this can be ''any'' direction. So the last equation says that {{math|'''q'''}} is the vector whose (scalar) component in any direction is the derivative of{{mvar| p}} w.r.t. arc length in that direction; that is, {{math|'''q'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&nabla;''p''&#8202;,}} as required. &#9724;

This is the promised converse of theorem ({{EquationNote|24c}}). ''But'', given an irrotational vector field {{math|'''q'''&#8202;,}} we usually prefer to find a scalar field whose ''negative'' gradient is{{math| '''q'''&#8202;}};&#8201; that is, we usually prefer a scalar field <math>\varphi</math> such that&#8201;
<math>\mathbf{q}~\!\!=\!-\nabla\varphi</math>.&#8201; Such a field <math>\varphi</math> is called a '''scalar potential''' for{{math| '''q'''}}.&#8201; From the above expression for {{math|''p''('''r'''),}} a suitable candidate is
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\varphi(\mathbf{r}) \,=\,
    -\!\int_{\mathbf{r}_0}^{\mathbf{r}} \!\mathbf{q}\cdot d\boldsymbol{\rho} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|29}}}}

A scalar field has zero gradient if and only if it is uniform, so that adding a uniform field, but ''only'' a uniform field, to a given scalar field leaves its gradient unchanged. Thus ''the scalar potential is determined up to an arbitrary additive uniform field''. This would be the case with or without the minus sign in front of the gradient. The reason for preferring the minus sign appears next.

=== Conservative fields ===

An irrotational vector field&mdash;or, equivalently, a field that is (plus or minus) the gradient of something&mdash;is described as '''conservative''', because if the field is a force, it does zero work around a closed loop, and consequently ''conserves energy'' around the loop (at least if the field does not change during traversal of the loop).

If the only force acting on a particle is&#8201; {{math|'''F'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&minus;&nabla;''U'',}}&#8201; then, by the gradient theorem, the work done on the particle over a path is the increase in {{mvar|&minus;U}},&#8201; i.e. the ''decrease'' in{{mvar| U&#8202;}}; and this work is the increase in the particle's kinetic energy{{mvar| T}}.&#8201; Hence, if we identify {{mvar|U}} with the ''potential'' energy, the total energy&#8202; {{mvar|U&#8202;+&#8202;T}}&#8201; is conserved. This interpretation of the scalar potential is possible only if the force is ''minus'' the gradient of the potential.

The minus sign is also used if the conservative vector field is an '''electric field''' (force per unit charge) or a gravitational acceleration (force per unit mass); the scalar potential is potential energy per unit charge, or potential energy per unit mass, respectively.

== Some special fields ==

=== The 1/''r'' scalar potential ===

For the potential energy field
{{NumBlk|:|<math>U = \frac{1}{\,r\,} \,</math>|{{EquationRef|30}}}}
where {{mvar|r}} is the distance from the origin (and {{math|''r''&#8201;&ne;&#8201;0}}), let us find the corresponding force&#8201; {{math|'''F'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&minus;&nabla;''U''}}.&#8201; The direction of&#8202; {{math|&nabla;''U''}}&#8202; is that of the steepest increase of{{mvar| U}}, which, by the spherical symmetry, can only be parallel or antiparallel to {{math|'''r'''&#8202;&#770;}} (the unit vector pointing away from the origin). So
:<math>\nabla U = \big(\nabla U \cdot \mathbf{\hat{r}}\big)~\!\mathbf{\hat{r}}
                = \part_r U \,\mathbf{\hat{r}}
                = \frac{d}{dr}\Big(\!\frac{1}{\,r\,}\!\Big)~\!\mathbf{\hat{r}}
                = -\frac{1}{\,r^2}~\!\mathbf{\hat{r}} \,,</math>
whence
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{F} = \frac{\mathbf{\hat{r}}}{\,r^2} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|31}}}}
So the negative gradient of the {{math|1/''r''}}&#8202; scalar potential ({{EquationNote|30}}) is the unit '''inverse-square radial vector field'''. Multiplying the numerator and denominator by {{mvar|r}} gives the alternative form
:<math>\mathbf{F} = \frac{\mathbf{r}}{\,r^3} \,,</math>
which is convenient if the center of the force is shifted from the origin to position{{math| '''r&prime;'''}}: in that case we simply replace {{math|'''r'''}} by {{math|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;''',}} and {{mvar|r}} by {{math|{{abs|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''}},}} so that the force becomes
:<math>\mathbf{F} = \frac{\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}
                         {|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|^3}</math>
and the corresponding scalar potential becomes
:<math>U = \frac{1}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|} \,.</math>

=== Inverse-square radial vector field ===

We derived the vector field ({{EquationNote|31}}) as the negative gradient of the scalar potential ({{EquationNote|30}}). Conversely, given the inverse-square radial vector field ({{EquationNote|31}}), we could derive its scalar potential from ({{EquationNote|29}}). At a general point on the path, let the position vector be&#8201; <math>\boldsymbol{\rho}~\!\!=\!\rho\boldsymbol{\hat{\rho}}\,</math> so that, by ({{EquationNote|31}}),&#8201; <math>\mathbf{F}\!=\!\boldsymbol{\hat{\rho}}/\rho^2</math>.&#8201; Then ({{EquationNote|29}}) becomes
:<math>\begin{align}U(\mathbf{r})
    \,&=\, -\!\int_{\mathbf{r}_0}^{\mathbf{r}} \!
               \mathbf{F} \cdot d\boldsymbol{\rho} \\[1ex]
      &=\, -\!\int_{\mathbf{r}_0}^{\mathbf{r}} \!
               \tfrac{1}{\,\rho^2}~\!
              \boldsymbol{\hat{\rho}} \!\cdot\! d\boldsymbol{\rho} \\[1ex]
      &=\, -\!\int_{r_0}^r \! \tfrac{1}{\,\rho^2} \,d\rho
     \ =\, \tfrac{1}{\,\rho\,}\bigg|^r_{r_0}
     \,=\, \frac{1}{\,r\,}-\frac{1}{\,r_0} \,,
  \end{align}</math>
so that, if we choose&#8201; {{math|''r''<sub>0</sub>&#8202;&rarr;&#8239;&infin;&#8202;,}} we recover ({{EquationNote|30}}).

Because {{math|'''F''',}} given by ({{EquationNote|31}}), has a scalar potential,&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;'''F'''}}&#8202; must be zero. This is independently obvious in that the spherical symmetry of{{math|&#8202; '''F'''}} seems to rule out any resemblance of rotation or shear&mdash;even at the origin, where {{math|'''F'''}} becomes infinite. On the last point, let us check whether&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;'''F'''}}&#8202; has a meaningful integral over a volume containing the origin. If the volume {{mvar|V}}&#8202; is enclosed by the surface {{mvar|S}}&#8202; whose outward unit normal is {{math|'''n'''&#770;&#8202;}}, then, by theorem ({{EquationNote|5c}}),
:<math>\iiint_V \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{F} ~dV
    \,= \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\mathbf{F} \,dS
    \,= \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\times\frac{\mathbf{\hat{r}}\,}{r^2} \,dS \,.
  </math>
If {{mvar|V}} contains the origin, then, because&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;'''F'''}}&#8239; is zero everywhere ''except'' at the origin, the volume {{mvar|V}}&#8202; can be replaced by any ''element'' of{{mvar| V}}&#8202; containing the origin, whatever the shape of that element may be. If we choose that element to be a spherical ball centered on the origin, then {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} is parallel to {{math|'''r'''&#8202;&#770;&#8202;,}} so that the cross-product in the integrand on the right is zero. Thus the volume integral on the left is not only meaningful, but is ''zero'', even if the volume contains the point where the integrand is infinite. In this sense, the field {{math|'''F'''}} is ''so'' irrotational that its curl may be taken as zero even where the field itself is undefined!

The situation concerning the ''divergence'' of{{math|&#8202; '''F'''}} is more complicated. Again, let the volume {{mvar|V}}&#8202; be enclosed by the surface {{mvar|S}} whose outward unit normal is {{math|'''n'''&#770;}}.&#8201; By the divergence theorem ({{EquationNote|5d}}),
:<math>\begin{align}\iiint_V \operatorname{div}\mathbf{F} ~dV
    \,= \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\mathbf{F} \,dS
   \,&= \iint_S \mathbf{\hat{n}}\cdot\frac{\mathbf{\hat{r}}\,}{r^2} \,dS\\[1ex]
     &= \iint_S \frac{\mathbf{\hat{r}}\cdot\mathbf{\hat{n}}\,dS}{\,r^2} \\[1ex]
     &= \iint_S d\Omega \,,
  \end{align}</math>
where {{math|''d''&Omega;}} is the ''solid angle'' subtended at the origin by the surface element of area{{mvar| dS&#8202;}}, and is positive if the outward unit normal {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} has a positive component ''away from'' the origin ({{math|'''r'''&#8202;&#770;'''&#11825;&#8202;n'''&#770;&#8201;&gt;&#8201;0}}), and negative if {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} has a positive component ''toward'' the origin ({{math|'''r'''&#8202;&#770;'''&#11825;&#8202;n'''&#770;&#8201;&lt;&#8201;0}}). If the volume enclosed by {{mvar|S}} does ''not'' include the origin, then for every positive contribution {{math|''d''&Omega;}} there is a compensating negative contribution, so that the integral of&#8201; {{math|div&#8201;'''F'''}}&#8202; over the volume is zero. As this applies to every such volume,&#8201; {{math|div&#8201;'''F'''}}&#8202; must be zero everywhere except at the origin. If, on the contrary, the volume ''does'' include the origin, then the contributions {{math|''d''&Omega;}} add up to the total solid angle subtended by the enclosing surface, which is{{math| 4''&pi;''}}. In summary,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathrm{div}\Big(\frac{\mathbf{\hat{r}}}{\,r^2}\Big)
  =~\! 4\pi~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}) \,,</math>|{{EquationRef|32d}}}}
where {{math|''&delta;''('''r'''),}} the 3D '''unit delta function''', is zero everywhere except at the origin, but has an integral of&#8202; {{math|1}} over any volume that includes the origin. For example, a unit point-mass at the origin has the density {{math|''&delta;''('''r''')}}, and a point-mass {{mvar|m}} at position {{math|'''r&prime;'''}} has the density&#8202; {{math|''m&delta;''('''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;''')}}. As the argument of&#8202; {{math|div}}&#8202; in ({{EquationNote|32d}}) is&#8202; {{math|&minus;&nabla;(1/''r''),}} we also have
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\triangle\Big(\frac{1}{\,r\,}\Big)
  = -4\pi~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}) \,.</math>|{{EquationRef|32L}}}}
If we shift the centers from the origin to {{math|'''r&prime;''',}} the last two results become
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \mathrm{div}\bigg(\frac{ \mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}
                           {|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|^3} \!\bigg)
    =~\! 4\pi~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}')
  </math>|{{EquationRef|33d}}}}
and
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \triangle\bigg(\frac{1}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|}\bigg)
    = -4\pi~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}') \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|33L}}}}

=== Field with given divergence (and zero curl) ===

It follows from '''Coulomb's law''' that the electric field due to a point-charge {{mvar|Q}} at the origin, in a vacuum, is
:<math>\mathbf{E}
  = \frac{Q}{4\pi\epsilon_0 r^2} ~\!\mathbf{\hat{r}} \,,</math>
where {{math|''&epsiv;''<sub>0</sub>}} is a physical constant (called the '''vacuum permittivity''' or simply the '''electric constant'''). In a ''vacuum'', the '''electric displacement field''', denoted by{{math| '''D'''&#8202;,}} is {{math|''&epsiv;''<sub>0</sub>'''E'''}}.&#8201; So it is convenient to multiply the above equation by {{math|''&epsiv;''<sub>0</sub>&#8202;,}} obtaining
:<math>\mathbf{D}
  = \frac{Q}{4\pi} ~\!\frac{\mathbf{\hat{r}}\,}{r^2} \,.</math>
This is a inverse-square radial vector field and therefore has zero curl.

Now suppose that, instead of a charge {{mvar|Q}} at the origin, we have a static ''charge density'' {{math|''&rho;''('''r&prime;''')}} in a general elemental volume {{mvar|dV&prime;}}&#8202; at position{{math| '''r&prime;'''}} (the standard symbol for ''charge'' density being unfortunately the same as for ''mass'' density). Then the contribution from that element to the field{{math| '''D'''}} at position{{math| '''r'''}}&#8202; is
:<math>d\mathbf{D}(\mathbf{r}) ~\!=~\!
    \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')\,dV'}{4\pi}\,
    \frac{\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|^3}
  </math>
provided that, for each {{math|'''r''',}} the dimensions of each volume element are small compared with {{math|{{abs|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''}}}}. This contribution likewise has zero curl. The total field due to static charges is then the sum of the contributions:
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{D}(\mathbf{r}) \,= \iiint
    \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi}\,
    \frac{\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|^3} \,dV'
  </math>|{{EquationRef|34}}}}
where the integral is over all space. And {{math|'''D'''('''r''')}} has zero curl because all the contributions have zero curl.

Independently of the physical significance of&#8202; {{math|'''D'''('''r'''),}} we can take its divergence "term by term" (or "under the integral sign"), obtaining
:<math>\begin{align}\operatorname{div}\mathbf{D}(\mathbf{r})
  \,&= \iiint \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi}~\!\mathrm{div}\bigg(
         \frac{\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|^3}
       \!\bigg) ~\!dV' \\[3pt]
    &= \iiint \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi}\,
         4\pi~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}') \,dV'
         \quad \big[\mathsf{by~eq.(33d)}\big] \\[3pt]
    &= \iiint \rho(\mathbf{r}')\,\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}')\,dV'\\[3pt]
    &= \iiint \rho(\mathbf{r})\,\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}') \,dV'
           ~~~ \begin{bmatrix}~\!\!
                 \mathsf{since}~\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}')\!=\!0\\
                 \mathsf{unless}~\,\mathbf{r}'{=}~\!\mathbf{r}
               ~\!\!\end{bmatrix} \\
    &= \,\rho(\mathbf{r})\!\iiint\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}')\,dV'\\[3pt]
    &= \,\rho(\mathbf{r})\!\iiint\delta(\mathbf{r}'{-}~\!\mathbf{r})\,dV',
  \end{align}</math>
where the last step is permitted because the volume integral of the delta function of{{math| '''r&prime;'''}} is not changed by a "[[w:point reflection|point reflection]]" (inversion) across {{math|'''r'''}}.&#8201; As the volume of integration (all space) includes the shifted origin of the delta function, the integral is simply{{math| 1&#8202;,}} so that
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{D}=\rho \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|35}}}}
where both sides are evaluated at{{math| '''r'''}}.

Mathematically, this result is an identity which applies if&#8202; {{math|'''D'''}} is given by ({{EquationNote|34}}); substituting for{{math| '''D'''&#8202;,}} we can write the identity in full as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\rho(\mathbf{r}) \,\equiv\, \mathrm{div}\iiint
    \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi}\,
    \frac{\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|^3}
  \,dV',</math>|{{EquationRef|36}}}}
where the integral is over all space, or at least all of the space in which {{mvar|&rho;}} may be non-zero. Subject to the convergence of the integral, this shows that ''we can construct an irrotational vector field whose divergence is a given scalar field''{{math| ''&rho;''('''r''')}}. And of course, by theorem ({{EquationNote|24d}}), ''any curl'' can be added to that vector field without changing its divergence.

In ''electrostatics'', ({{EquationNote|34}}) is a generalization of Coulomb's law; and ({{EquationNote|35}}), which follows from ({{EquationNote|34}}), is '''Gauss's law''' expressed in ''differential form''. If we integrate ({{EquationNote|35}}) over a volume enclosed by a surface{{mvar| S}} (with outward unit normal {{math|'''n'''&#770;}}) and apply the divergence theorem on the left, we get the ''integral form'' of Gauss's law:
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \iint_S \mathbf{D}\cdot\mathbf{\hat{n}}\,dS \,=\, Q_{\mathrm{e}} \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|37}}}}
where {{math|''Q''<sub>e</sub>}} is the total charge ''enclosed''&#8202; by{{mvar| S}}.

=== Field with given Laplacian ===

In ({{EquationNote|36}}), we can recognize the {{math|'''r'''}}-dependent factor&#8202; {{math|{{sfrac|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''|{{abs|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''}}<sup>3</sup>}}}}&#8201; as&#8202; {{math|&minus;&nabla;{{sfrac|1|&#8202;{{abs|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''}}&#8202;}}}}&#8201; and take the gradient operator outside the integral, obtaining
<div style="margin-top: 1em">
:<math>\rho(\mathbf{r}) \,\equiv\, \mathrm{div}\bigg(\!{-}\nabla\!\iiint
    \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi}\,
    \frac{1}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|}
  \,dV' \!\bigg) \,,</math>
</div>
i.e.
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\rho(\mathbf{r}) \,\equiv\, \triangle\bigg(\!{-}\!\iiint
    \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi}\,
    \frac{1}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|}
  \,dV' \!\bigg) \,,</math>|{{EquationRef|38}}}}
where again the integral is over all space, or at least all of the space in which {{mvar|&rho;}} may be non-zero. Subject to the convergence of the integral, this shows that ''we can construct a field whose Laplacian is a given field''. More precisely, it shows that we can construct a ''scalar'' field whose Laplacian is a given ''scalar''&#8202; field{{math| ''&rho;''('''r''')}}. But, due to the linearity of the Laplacian, the same applies to any given linear combination of scalar fields, including any combination whose coefficients are uniform vectors, uniform matrices, or uniform tensors of any order; that is, the same applies to any field that we can express with a uniform basis.

Mathematically, ({{EquationNote|38}}) is simply an identity. To find its significance in electrostatics, we can multiply it by&#8202; {{math|&minus;1&#10744;''&epsiv;''<sub>0</sub>&#8239;,}} obtaining
{{NumBlk|:|<math>-\frac{\rho(\mathbf{r})}{\epsilon_0} \,\equiv\,
  \triangle\iiint
    \frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi\epsilon_0}\,
    \frac{1}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|}
  \,dV',</math>|{{EquationRef|39}}}}
which is also an identity. But the negative gradient of the expression after the integral sign is
:<math>\frac{\,\rho(\mathbf{r}')\,dV'}{4\pi\epsilon_0}\,
  \frac{\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|^3}\,,</math>
which is the contribution to the electric field at position{{math| '''r'''}} due to a charge&#8202; {{math|''&rho;''('''r&prime;''')&#8239;''dV&prime;''}}&#8239; at position{{math| '''r&prime;'''}} in a vacuum. So the expression after the integral sign is the corresponding contribution to the electrostatic potential, and the whole integral is the whole electrostatic potential. Denoting this by <math>\varphi~\!,\,</math> we can rewrite ({{EquationNote|39}}) as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \triangle\varphi = -\frac{\rho}{\,\epsilon_0} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|40}}}}
This is '''Poisson's equation''' in electrostatics, treating the medium as a vacuum (so that {{mvar|&rho; }}must be taken as the ''total'' charge density, including any contributions caused by the effect of the field on the medium). In a region in which&#8201; {{math|''&rho;''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;0&#8202;,}}&#8201; Poisson's equation ({{EquationNote|40}}) reduces to
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \triangle\varphi = 0 \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|41}}}}
which is '''Laplace's equation''' in electrostatics.

=== The wave equation ===

It is an empirical fact that a compressible fluid, such as air, carries waves of a mechanical nature: sound waves. In establishing the unambiguity of the gradient and the divergence, we have already derived equations dealing with the inertia and continuity (mass-conservation) of non-viscous fluids. So, by introducing a relation describing the compressibility, and eliminating variables, we should be able to get ''one'' equation (the "wave equation") in ''one'' scalar or vector field (the "wave function"), with recognizably "wavelike" solutions. And we should expect this equation to be analogous to equations describing other kinds of waves.

If we suppose, for simplicity, that the only force acting on an element of fluid is the pressure force, the applicable equation of motion is ({{EquationNote|6g}}). But, for reasons which will soon be apparent, let us call the pressure{{mvar| P}}, so that ({{EquationNote|6g}}) becomes
:<math>
    \rho\,\frac{d\mathbf{v}}{dt} = -\nabla P \,.
  </math>
Then at ''equilibrium'' we have
:<math>
    0 ~\!= -\nabla P_0 \,,
  </math>
where {{math|''P''<sub>0</sub>}} is the equilibrium pressure. Subtracting this equation from the previous one and defining
:<math>p = P - P_0 \,,</math>
we get
:<math>
    \rho\,\frac{d\mathbf{v}}{dt} = -\nabla p \,,
  </math>
which looks like ({{EquationNote|6g}}), except that {{mvar|p}} is now the '''sound pressure''' (also called "acoustic pressure", or sometimes "excess pressure"), i.e. the pressure rise above equilibrium.

For the equation of continuity we can use ({{EquationNote|7d'}}), which we repeat for convenience:
:<math>
    \rho\operatorname{div}\mathbf{v} = -\frac{d\rho}{dt} \,.
  </math>

Eliminating {{math|'''v'''}} between the last two equations is fraught because {{math|'''v''' }}is evaluated at a moving point in the former and at a fixed point in the latter; and introducing any relation between {{mvar|p}} and {{mvar|&rho;}} is similarly fraught because {{mvar|p}} is evaluated at a fixed point and {{mvar|&rho;}} at a moving point. The obvious remedy is to apply the advection rule ({{EquationNote|16}}) to the last two equations, obtaining respectively
:<math>\begin{align}
    \rho\Big(\tfrac{\part\mathbf{v}}{\part t}
             + \mathbf{v}\cdot\nabla\mathbf{v}\Big) \,&=\, -\nabla p ~; \\
    \rho\operatorname{div}\mathbf{v} \,&=\,
      -\tfrac{\part\rho}{\part t} - \mathbf{v}\cdot\nabla\rho \,.
  \end{align}</math>
That gets all the variables evaluated at fixed points, at the cost of making the equations more complicated and more obviously non-linear. But the equations and be simplified and linearized by '''small-amplitude approximations'''. In the parentheses in the first equation, the first term is proportional to the amplitude of the vibrations while the second term is a product of ''two'' factors proportional to the amplitude, so that, for sufficiently small amplitudes, the second term is negligible. Similarly, in the second equation, for sufficiently small amplitudes and a ''homogeneous medium'', we can neglect the second term on the right. Then, on the left side of each equation, we are left with a factor proportional to the amplitude, multiplied by{{mvar| &rho;}}. But {{mvar|&rho;}} is not proportional to the amplitude; only its deviation from the equilibrium density is so proportional. Hence, for small amplitudes,&#8201; {{mvar|&rho; }}can be replaced by the equilibrium density, which we shall call{{math| ''&rho;''<sub>0</sub>&#8202;,}} which is independent of time and (in a homogeneous medium) independent of position. With these approximations, our equations of motion and continuity become
:<math>\begin{align}
    \rho_0 \mathbf{\dot{v}} &= -\nabla p \,, \\[.5ex]
    \rho_0 \operatorname{div}\mathbf{v} &= -\dot{\rho} \,,
  \end{align}</math>
where, for brevity, we use an overdot to denote ''partial'' differentiation w.r.t. time (i.e., at a ''fixed'' point, not a point moving with the fluid).

Now we can eliminate {{math|'''v'''}}. Taking divergences in the first equation, and differentiating the second ''partially'' w.r.t. time (which can be done inside the {{math|div}} operator, which represents a linear combination), we get
:<math>\begin{align}
    \rho_0 \operatorname{div}\mathbf{\dot{v}} &= -\triangle p \,, \\[.5ex]
    \rho_0 \operatorname{div}\mathbf{\dot{v}} &= -\ddot{\rho} \,,
  \end{align}</math>
so that we can equate the right-hand sides, obtaining
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\ddot{\rho} = \triangle p \,.</math>|{{EquationRef|42}}}}

Maintaining the small-amplitude assumption, we can now consider compressibility. For ''small'' compressions in a ''homogeneous'' medium, we may suppose that the pressure change {{mvar|dp}} is some constant times the density change{{mvar| d&rho;}}. It is readily verified that such a constant must have the dimension of velocity squared. So we can say&#8201; {{math|''dp''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''c''&sup2;&#8202;''d&rho;''&#8202;,}} where {{mvar|c}} is a constant with the units of velocity.{{efn|When a gas is compressed, work is done on it, causing its temperature to rise, so that the ratio of {{mvar|dp}} to{{mvar| d&rho;}} is higher than if the compression were isothermal. In sound waves, there is typically not enough time for a significant part of the heat of compression to be conducted away; that is, the compression is near enough to '''adiabatic'''. The words "not enough time" may suggest that the adiabatic approximation is a high-frequency approximation. But in fact, in free air, it is a ''low''-frequency approximation, because as the frequency is reduced, the equalization of temperature is hindered more by the longer wavelength than it is helped by the longer period. Only in a confined space, which limits the required distance of conduction, does the adiabatic assumption require the frequency to be ''above'' some lower limit. In a musical wind instrument, that lower limit tends to be far below the audible range. Meanwhile the upper limit, due to easier heat conduction within a shorter wavelength, tends to be very far above the audible range. Thus, under typical conditions, for the purpose of calculating{{mvar| c&#8202;}}, the adiabatic assumption is reasonable. (See [[#fletcher-74|Fletcher, 1974]].)}} Dividing by {{mvar|dt}} gives&#8201; <math>\dot{p}\!=\!c^2\dot{\rho}~\!,\,</math> whence
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\ddot{p} = c^2~\!\ddot{\rho} \,.</math>|{{EquationRef|43}}}}
Substituting from  ({{EquationNote|42}}) then gives the desired '''wave equation''':
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\ddot{p} = c^2 \triangle p \,.</math>|{{EquationRef|44}}}}

This is the 3D classical wave equation with the sound pressure {{mvar|p}} as the wave function. For a generic wave function {{mvar|&psi;&#8202;,}} in a homogeneous isotropic medium, we would expect the equation to be
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\ddot{\psi} = c^2 \triangle\psi \,,</math>|{{EquationRef|45}}}}
which may be written more compactly as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\Box\psi =~\! 0 \,,</math>|{{EquationRef|46}}}}
where {{math|&#9744;,}} pronounced "wave" or "box",{{efn|Or sometimes "quabla", by analogy with "nabla".}} is called the '''D'Alembertian''' operator and is defined by
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \Box\psi := \triangle\psi - \frac{1}{\,c^2}\frac{\part^2 \psi}{\part t^2}
  </math>|{{EquationRef|47}}}}
in this paper, although other conventions exist.{{efn|In particular, some authorities change the sign, defining {{math|&#9744;}} as&#8201; {{math|{{sfrac|1|&#8239;c&sup2;}}&#8202;{{sfrac|&part;&sup2;|&part;t&sup2;}}&#8239;&minus;&#8202;&#9651;&#8239;,}}&#8239; and some write the operator (however defined) as{{math| &#9744;<sup>2</sup>}}.}}

In a ''static'' situation, the second term on the right of ({{EquationNote|47}}) is zero. So one advantage of definition ({{EquationNote|47}}), over any alternative definition that changes the sign or the scale factor, is that ''in the static case, the D'Alembertian is reduced to the Laplacian'', making it especially obvious that ''in the static case, the wave equation is reduced to Laplace's equation'' [compare ({{EquationNote|46}}) and ({{EquationNote|41}})]. Also notice that the D'Alembertian, being a linear combination of two linear operators, is itself ''linear''.

=== Spherical waves ===

Having established that there are wavelike time-dependent fields described by equation ({{EquationNote|45}}), in which the constant {{mvar|c}} has the units of velocity, we can now make an informed guess at an elementary solution of the equation. Consider the candidate
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \psi(\mathbf{r},t) = \tfrac{1}{\,r\,}~\!f\big(t-r/c\big) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|48}}}}
where&#8201; {{math|'''r'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''r''&#8202;'''r'''&#8202;&#770;}}&#8201; is the position vector (so that {{mvar|r}} is distance from the origin),&#8201; {{mvar|f}}&#8239; is an arbitrary function (arbitrary except that it will need to be twice differentiable),&#8201; {{mvar|t }}is time, and {{mvar|c }}is a constant (and obviously {{mvar|&psi; }}is not defined at the origin even if {{mvar|f&#8202; }}is.)

If, at the origin, the function {{mvar|f}}&#8239; has a certain argument at time&#8201; {{math|''t&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&tau;''&#8202;,}}&#8201; then at any distance{{mvar| r}}&#8202; from the origin, it has the same argument at time&#8201; {{math|''t&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&tau;&#8239;+&#8202;r''&#10744;''c''&#8202;,}}&#8201; which is&#8201; {{math|''r''&#10744;''c'' }}&#8239;''later''&#8202; than at the origin. Hence, if {{mvar|f}}&#8239; has a certain feature (e.g., a zero-crossing) at the origin, the time taken for that feature to reach any distance{{mvar| r}}&#8239; is{{math| ''r''&#10744;''c''&#8202;,}}&#8239; implying that the feature travels outward from the origin at speed{{mvar| c}}.&#8201; Another way to perceive this is to set the argument of{{mvar| f}}&#8201; equal to a constant (corresponding to some feature of the function) and differentiate w.r.t.{{mvar| t&#8202;,}} obtaining&#8201; {{math|''r''&#8202;&#775;&#8239;{{=}}&#8239;''c''}}&#8202; (the speed at which the feature recedes from the origin). Thus equation ({{EquationNote|48}}) describes ''waves''&#8202; radiating outward from the origin with speed{{mvar| c}}.&#8239;{{efn|The symbol {{mvar|c}} comes from a general-purpose Latin word for speed, but has become the usual symbol for ''wave'' speed.}}

Equation ({{EquationNote|48}}) further implies that there are surfaces over which the wave function {{mvar|&psi;}}&#8239; is uniform&mdash;namely surfaces of constant{{mvar| r}},&#8201; i.e. spheres centered on the origin. These are the '''wavefronts'''. So ({{EquationNote|48}}) describes '''spherical waves'''.

Because the surface area of a sphere is proportional to the square of its radius, we should expect the radiated '''intensity''' (power per unit area) to satisfy an ''inverse-square law'' (if the medium is ''lossless''&mdash;neither absorbing nor scattering the radiated power). That does ''not'' mean that the wave function itself should satisfy an inverse-square law. In a traveling wave in 3D space, there will be an "effort" variable (e.g., sound pressure) and a "flow" variable (e.g., fluid velocity), and the instantaneous intensity will be proportional to the product of the two. If the two are proportional to each other, the instantaneous intensity will be proportional to the square of one or the other. Hence if the instantaneous intensity falls off like{{math| 1/''r''&#8202;&sup2;,}} the effort and flow variables&mdash;and the wave function, if it is proportional to one or the other&mdash;will fall off like{{math| 1/''r''}}. That suggests the attenuation factor {{math|1/''r''}}&#8202; in ({{EquationNote|48}}).

But there are big ''if''&#8202;s in that argument. For all we know so far, the relation between effort and flow could involve a lag, so that the ''instantaneous'' product of the two could swing negative although it averages to something positive. And for all we know so far, the lag could vary with{{mvar| r}}, allowing at least one of the two (effort or flow) to depart from the {{math|1/''r''}}&#8202; law, even if their average product still falls off like{{math| 1/''r''&#8202;&sup2;}}. The {{math|1/''r''}}&#8202; factor in ({{EquationNote|48}}) is therefore only an "informed guess". Notwithstanding these complications, we have also guessed that the form of the function {{mvar|f}}&#8202; (the '''waveform''') does not change as {{mvar|r}} increases; we have not considered whether this behavior might depend on the medium, or the waveform, or the geometry of the wavefronts.

So let us carefully check whether ({{EquationNote|48}}) satisfies ({{EquationNote|45}}) or, equivalently, ({{EquationNote|46}}).

As a first step, and as a useful inquiry in its own right, we find {{math|&#9651;''&psi;''}} from definition ({{EquationNote|4L}}), given that {{mvar|&psi;}} is a function of {{math|(''r'',&#8202;''t'') }}only. For the surface {{mvar|&delta;S}}&#8202; let us start with
* a cone (''not'' a double cone) with its apex at the origin, subtending a ''small'' solid angle {{mvar|&omega;}} at the origin,
* a sphere centered on the origin, with radius {{math|''r''}}, and
* a sphere centered on the origin, with radius {{mvar|r&#8202;+&#8202;dr&#8202;}};
and let the volume element be the region inside the cone and between the spheres, so that its enclosing surface {{mvar|&delta;S}}&#8202; has three faces: a segment of the cone, a segment of the inner sphere with area{{math| ''r''&#8202;&sup2;''&#8202;&omega;''&#8202;,}} and a segment of the outer sphere with area{{math| (''r&#8202;+&#8202;dr'')<sup>2</sup>''&omega;''&#8202;}}. By the symmetry of{{mvar| &psi;&#8202;}}, the outward normal derivative {{mvar|&part;<sub>n</sub>&#8202;&psi;}}&#8202; is equal to zero on the conical face,&#8201; {{math|+''&part;<sub>r</sub>&#8202;&psi;''(''r&#8202;+&#8202;dr'',&#8202;''t'')}} on the outer spherical face, and&#8202; {{math|&minus;''&part;<sub>r</sub>&#8202;&psi;''(''r'',&#8202;''t'')}} on the inner spherical face. The volume of the element is&#8201; {{math|''dV''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''r''&#8202;&sup2;''&#8202;&omega;&#8239;dr''}}. So, assembling the pieces of definition ({{EquationNote|4L}}), we get
:<!-- SUBSCRIPTS ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY: --><math>\begin{align}\triangle\psi
    &= \frac{1}{r^2 \omega \,dr}\Big(\!
         (r\!+\!dr)^2 \omega ~\!\part_{\textstyle r} \psi(r\!+\!dr,t)
         - r^2 \omega ~\!\part_{\textstyle r} \psi(r,t)
       \!\Big) \\[1ex]
    &= \frac{1}{\,r^2}~\!
       \frac{(r\!+\!dr)^2 \part_{\textstyle r}\psi(r\!+\!dr,t)
             - r^2 \part_{\textstyle r}\psi(r,t)}{dr} \\[.5ex]
    &= \frac{1}{\,r^2}~\!
       \frac{\part}{\part r}\Big(r^2 \part_{\textstyle r}\psi(r,t)\Big) \,,
  \end{align}</math>
i.e.
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \triangle\psi(r,t)
    \equiv \frac{1}{\,r^2}~\!\frac{\part}{\part r}
             \Big(r^2 \frac{\part\psi}{\part r}\Big)
             \qquad \big[\mathsf{if}\,\,r\!\neq~\!\!0\big]\,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|49}}}}

Now we can verify our "informed guess". Differentiating ({{EquationNote|48}}) twice w.r.t.{{mvar| t}}&#8202; by the chain rule gives
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \frac{\part^2\psi}{\part t^2} = \frac{1}{\,r\,}~\!f''\!\big(t-r/c\big) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|50}}}}
where each prime {{math|(&prime;)}} denotes differentiation of the function w.r.t. its own argument. Differentiating ({{EquationNote|48}}) once w.r.t.{{mvar| r}}&#8202; by the product rule and chain rule, we get
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \frac{\part\psi}{\part r}
    \,=\, -\frac{1}{cr}~\!f'\!\big(t-r/c\big)
          -\frac{1}{\,r^2}~\!f\big(t-r/c\big) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|51}}}}
Proceeding as specified in ({{EquationNote|49}}), we multiply this by {{math|''r''&#8202;&sup2;}}, differentiate again w.r.t.{{mvar| r}} (giving three terms, of which two cancel), and divide by {{math|''r''&#8202;&sup2;}}, obtaining
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \triangle\psi = \frac{1}{c^2 r}~\!f''\!\big(t-r/c\big) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|52}}}}
Then if we substitute ({{EquationNote|52}}) and ({{EquationNote|50}}) into ({{EquationNote|47}}), we obviously get&#8201; {{math|&#9744;''&psi;''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;0&#8202;,}} satisfying ({{EquationNote|46}}). So we have guessed correctly.

Having shown that the D'Alembertian of{{mvar| &psi;&#8202;}}, as given by ({{EquationNote|48}}), is zero everywhere except at the origin (where it is not defined), let us now find its integral over a volume{{mvar| V}} (enclosed by a surface{{mvar| S}}) that includes the origin. From ({{EquationNote|47}}),
:<math>\begin{align}
    \iiint_V \Box\psi \,dV
      \,&= \iiint_V \triangle\psi \,dV
           - \frac{1}{\,c^2}\iiint_V \frac{\part^2 \psi}{\part t^2}\,dV\\[.5em]
        &= \iint_S \part_n \psi \,dS
           - \frac{1}{\,c^2}\iiint_V \frac{\part^2 \psi}{\part t^2}\,dV\,,
  \end{align}</math>
where the second equality follows from theorem ({{EquationNote|5L}}). Now because the integrand on the left is zero except at the origin, ''any''{{mvar| V}} containing the origin will give the same integral. So for convenience, let {{mvar|V}} be a spherical ball of radius{{mvar| R}} centered on the origin. Then, by the spherical symmetry of{{mvar| &psi;&#8202;,}} integration over{{mvar| S}} reduces to multiplication by{{math| 4''&pi;R''&#8202;<sup>2</sup>,}} and {{mvar|&part;<sub>n</sub>}} is equivalent to{{mvar| &part;<sub>r</sub>&#8202;,}} and {{mvar|dV}} can be taken as{{math| 4''&pi;r''<sup>&#8202;2</sup>''dr''}}. With these substitutions we have
:<math>
    \iiint_V \Box\psi \,dV \,=\,
      4\pi R^2 \frac{\part\psi}{\part r}\bigg|_{r=R} \!
      - \frac{1}{\,c^2}\!\int_0^R \!\frac{\part^2 \psi}{\part t^2}\,2\pi r\,dr
  </math>
or, substituting from ({{EquationNote|51}}) and ({{EquationNote|50}}),
:<math>\begin{align}
    \iiint_V \!\Box\psi \,dV ~\!\!
     =\,& 4\pi R^2 \!\Big(\!{-}\tfrac{1}{cR} f'\!\big(t\!-\!R/c\big)
                   - \tfrac{1\,}{R^2} f\big(t\!-\!R/c\big)\!\Big) \\
        &- \tfrac{1}{\,c^2}\!\int_0^R \!\tfrac{1}{\,r\,}~\!
                                      f''\!\big(t-r/c\big)\,2\pi r\,dr \\[1ex]
     =\,&-\tfrac{4\pi R}{\,c\,}~\!f'\!\big(t\!-\!R/c\big)
           - 4\pi f\big(t\!-\!R/c\big) \\
        &- \tfrac{2\pi}{\,c^2}\!\int_0^R \!f''\!\big(t-r/c\big) \,dr \,.
  \end{align}</math>
Again noting that any {{mvar|V}} containing the origin will give the same volume integral, we can let {{mvar|R}} approach zero, with the result that the right-hand side approaches&#8239;{{math| &minus;4''&pi;f''&#8202;(''t'')}}. This is the integral of{{math| &#9744;''&psi;''}} over any volume containing the origin, for {{mvar|&psi;}} given by ({{EquationNote|48}}). Meanwhile {{math|&#9744;''&psi;''}} is zero everywhere except that the origin. In summary,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \Box~\!\Big\{\!\tfrac{1}{\,r\,}~\!f\big(t-r/c\big)\!\Big\}
    \equiv -4\pi f(t)\,\delta(\mathbf{r}) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|53}}}}
Shifting the center of the spherical waves from the origin to position{{math| '''r&prime;''',}} we get
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \Box~\!\Big\{\tfrac{1}{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|}
                 ~\!f\big(t-\tfrac{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|\,}{c}\big)\Big\}
    \equiv -4\pi f(t)\,\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}') \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|54}}}}

We shall refer to the field given by ({{EquationNote|48}}) as the wave function due to a '''monopole''' source with '''strength''' {{math|''f''&#8202;(''t'')}} at the origin. The D'Alembertian of this wave function is given by ({{EquationNote|53}}).<ref>Our definition of ''strength'' follows the old convention used by Baker &amp; Copson ([[#baker-copson-39|1939, p.&#8239;42]]), Born &amp; Wolf ([[#born-wolf-02|2002, p.&#8239;421]]), and Larmor ([[#larmor-1904|1904, p.&#8239;5]]). The newer convention followed by Miller ([[#miller-91|1991, p.&#8239;1371]]) would use the denominator {{math|4''&pi;r''}} instead of our {{mvar|r}} in ({{EquationNote|48}}); this would have the advantage of eliminating the factor{{math| 4''&pi;''}} from the D'Alembertian of the wave function, and the disadvantage of introducing that factor into the (denominator of the) wave function itself.</ref> Hence the field whose D'Alembertian is given by ({{EquationNote|54}}) is the wave function due to a monopole source with strength {{math|''f''&#8202;(''t'')}} at position{{math| '''r&prime;'''}}. In each case, the D'Alembertian is zero everywhere except at the source.

=== Field with given D'Alembertian ===

Now suppose that, instead of a wave source with strength {{math|''f''&#8202;(''t'')}} at the general position{{math| '''r&prime;''',}} we have at that position a wave-source ''density<math>~w(\mathbf{r}'\!,t)</math>'' in an elemental volume {{mvar|dV&prime;}}, whose contribution to the wave function {{mvar|&psi;}} at position{{math| '''r'''}}&#8202; is
:<math>d\psi(\mathbf{r},t)
    = \tfrac{1}{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|}~\!
      w\big(\mathbf{r}',\,t-\tfrac{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|\,}{c}\big)\,dV' ,
  </math>
where for each {{math|'''r''',}} the dimensions of each volume element are small compared with {{math|{{abs|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''}}}}. Then the total wave function is the sum of the contributions:
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\psi(\mathbf{r},t)
    = \iiint \tfrac{1}{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|}~\!
      w\big(\mathbf{r}',\,t-\tfrac{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|\,}{c}\big)\,dV' ,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|55}}}}
where the integral is over all space.

Independently of the physical significance of{{math| ''&psi;''('''r''',&#8202;''t''),}} we can take its D'Alembertian "under the integral sign" by rule ({{EquationNote|54}}), obtaining
:<math>\begin{align}\Box\psi(\mathbf{r},t)
   &= \iiint \Big({-}4\pi~\!w(\mathbf{r}'\!,t)\,
                  \delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}')\Big)\,dV' \\[.5ex]
   &= \iiint \Big({-}4\pi~\!w(\mathbf{r},t)\,
                  \delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}')\Big)\,dV' \\[.5ex]
   &= -4\pi~\!w(\mathbf{r},t)\!
       \iiint\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}')\,dV' \\[.5ex]
   &= -4\pi~\!w(\mathbf{r},t)\!
       \iiint\delta(\mathbf{r}'{-}~\!\mathbf{r})\,dV' ;
  \end{align}</math>
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \Box\psi(\mathbf{r},t) = -4\pi~\!w(\mathbf{r},t) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|56}}}}

Mathematically, equation ({{EquationNote|56}}) is an identity which applies if {{math|''&psi;''('''r''',&#8202;''t'')}} is given by ({{EquationNote|55}}). Substituting from ({{EquationNote|55}}) and solving for<math>~w,</math> we can write the identity in full as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>w(\mathbf{r},t) \equiv \Box\bigg({-}\tfrac{1}{4\pi}\!\iiint
      \tfrac{1}{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|}~\!
      w\big(\mathbf{r}',\,t-\tfrac{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|\,}{c}\big)
    \,dV'\bigg) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|57}}}}
where the integral is over all space, or at least all of the space in which<math>~w</math> may be non-zero. Subject to the convergence of the integral, this shows that ''we can construct a wave function with a given D'Alembertian''.

Physically, equation ({{EquationNote|56}}) gives the D'Alembertian of the wave function for a source density<math>~w</math>. It is the ''inhomogeneous wave equation'', which applies in the presence of an arbitrary source density&mdash;in contrast to the ''homogeneous wave equation'' ({{EquationNote|46}}), which applies in a region where the source density is zero. In this context the word ''homogeneous'' or ''inhomogeneous'' describes the equation, not the medium (which has been assumed homogeneous and isotropic).

In a ''static'' situation, in which the D'Alembertian is reduced to the Laplacian, the inhomogeneous wave equation ({{EquationNote|56}}) is reduced to the form of Poisson's equation ({{EquationNote|40}}). As written, equation ({{EquationNote|40}}) is Poisson's equation in electro''statics''; it applies to the charge density{{math| ''&rho;''('''r''')}}, for which the scalar potential [in ({{EquationNote|39}})] is
:<math>\varphi(\mathbf{r}) = \tfrac{1}{4\pi\epsilon_0}
    \iiint \tfrac{1}{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|}
    \rho(\mathbf{r}') \,dV'.
  </math>
In electro''dynamics'', which takes time-dependence into account, the scalar potential due to the charge density{{math| ''&rho;''('''r''',&#8202;''t'')}} is
:<math>\varphi(\mathbf{r},t) = \tfrac{1}{4\pi\epsilon_0}
    \iiint \tfrac{1}{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|}
    \rho\big(\mathbf{r}',\,t-\tfrac{|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{r}'|\,}{c}\big) \,dV',
  </math>
where the wave speed {{mvar|c}} is the speed of light; this is the same as in the static case except for the delay {{math|{{sfrac|&#8202;{{abs|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''}}&#8202;|''c''}}&#8202;,}} indicating that the influence of the change density at{{math| '''r&prime;'''}} travels outward from that point at the speed of light. In the dynamic case, by rule ({{EquationNote|57}}), the D'Alembertian of the scalar potential is
:<math>
    \Box\varphi = -\frac{\rho(\mathbf{r},t)}{\,\epsilon_0} \,.
  </math>
This result is the inhomogeneous wave equation in the scalar potential&mdash;the equation which, in the electro''static'' case, reduces to Poisson's equation ({{EquationNote|40}}).

In electro''dynamics'', however, the electric field&#8202; {{math|'''E'''}} is ''not'' simply<math>\,\,{-}\nabla\varphi~\!,\,</math> but<math>~\,{-}\nabla\varphi~\!\!-\!\tfrac{\part\mathbf{A}}{\part t}~\!,\,</math> where {{math|'''A'''}} is the '''magnetic vector potential''', whose defining property is that its curl is the '''magnetic flux density''':
:<math>\mathbf{B} = \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{A} \,.</math>
By identity ({{EquationNote|24d}}), this property implies
:<math>\operatorname{div}\mathbf{B} = 0 \,,</math>
which is '''Gauss's law for magnetism'''. We have noted in passing&mdash;but not yet proven&mdash;that ({{EquationNote|24d}}) has a converse, whereby the solenoidality of{{math|&#8202; '''B'''}} implies the ''existence'' of the vector potential{{math| '''A'''}}.  Precedents suggest we might be able to prove this by finding a vector field whose curl is a delta function&mdash;perhaps through new identities relating it to a field whose divergence is a delta function&mdash;and using it to construct a vector field with a given curl. In fact we shall prove our "converse" differently, but we shall still need some new identities for the purpose. And to obtain those identities (among others), we must take the detour that we have made a virtue of ''not'' taking until now&hellip;

== Cartesian coordinates ==

=== Indicial notation; implicit summation ===

Considering that a scalar field is a function of three coordinates, while a vector field has three components each of which is a function of three coordinates, we can readily imagine that coordinate-based derivations of vector-analytic identities are likely to be excruciatingly repetitive&mdash;unless perhaps we choose a notation that concisely specifies the repetition. So, instead of writing the Cartesian coordinates as {{math|''x'',&#8239;''y'',&#8239;''z''&#8202;,}}&#8239; we shall usually write them as {{mvar|x<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; where&#8202; {{math|''i''&#8201;{{=}}&#8239;1,&#8202;2,&#8202;3&#8202;,}}&#8201; respectively;&#8202; and instead of writing the unit vectors in the directions of the respective axes as {{math| '''i''',&#8202;'''j''','''k'''&#8202;,}}&#8239; we shall usually write them as {{math|'''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8202;}}.&#8201; And for partial differentiation w.r.t.{{math| ''x<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;,}} instead of writing {{mvar|{{sfrac|&part;|&part;x<sub>i</sub>}}}} or even {{math|''&part;<sub>x<sub>i</sub></sub>''&#8202;,}} we shall write {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8202;}}.

Now comes a stroke of genius for which we are indebted to Einstein&mdash;although he used it in a more sophisticated context!&#8201; Instead of writing the position vector as
:<math>\mathbf{r} = x_1\mathbf{e}_1 + x_2\mathbf{e}_2 + x_3\mathbf{e}_3</math>
or even as
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{r} = \textstyle\sum_i x_i \mathbf{e}_i \,,</math>}}
we shall write it simply as
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{r} = x_i \mathbf{e}_i \,,</math>}}
where it is ''understood''&#8202; that we ''sum over the repeated index''. More generally, we shall write the vector field {{math|'''q'''}} as
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{q} = q_i \mathbf{e}_i</math>}}
with implicit summation, and the vector field {{math|'''v'''}} as
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} = v_i \mathbf{e}_i</math>}}
with implicit summation, and so on. (By that nomenclature, the position vector in Cartesian coordinates should be, and often is, called {{math|'''x'''&#8202;}}; but we called it {{math|'''r'''}} because we wanted to call its magnitude {{mvar|r}}, for ''radius''.)

Implicit summation not only avoids writing the {{big|{{math|&Sigma;}}}} symbol and specifying the index of summation, but also allows a summation over ''two'' repeated indices, say {{mvar|i}} and {{mvar|j&#8202;}}, to be considered as summed first over {{mvar|i}} and then over {{mvar|j}} or vice versa, removing the need for an explicit regrouping of terms. Of course, if we hide messy details behind a notation, we need to make sure that it handles those details correctly. In particular, when we perform an operation on an implicit sum, we implicitly perform it ''term-by-term'', and must therefore make sure that the operation is valid when interpreted that way.

=== Formulation of operators ===

'''Gradient''':  Putting&#8201; {{mvar|s&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;x<sub>i</sub>}}&#8201; in ({{EquationNote|9g}}), we find that the scalar component of{{math|&#8202; &nabla;''p''}} in the direction of each {{math|'''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>}}&#8202; is{{mvar|&#8202; &part;<sub>i</sub>&#8201;p}}.&#8201; To obtain the vector component in that direction, we multiply by {{math|'''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8202;}}.&#8201; Assembling the components, we have (with implicit summation)
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla p = \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\part_i p
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|58g}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla =~\! \mathbf{e}_i \part_i
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|58o}}}}
or, in traditional longhand notation,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla =~\! \mathbf{i}~\!\tfrac{\part}{\part x}
           +~\! \mathbf{j}~\!\tfrac{\part}{\part y}
           +~\! \mathbf{k}~\!\tfrac{\part}{\part z} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|58t}}}}
It is also worth noting, from ({{EquationNote|58g}}), that the squared magnitude of{{math|&#8202; &nabla;''p'' &#8239;}}is
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    |\nabla p|^2 =~\! \part_i p \;\part_i p \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|58s}}}}
where we write&#8239; {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;p&#8201;&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;p}}&#8201; rather than {{math|(''&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;p'')<sup>2</sup>}}&#8239; to ensure that implicit summation applies!

As reported by Tai ([[#tai-94|1994]]), there are unfortunately some textbooks in which the del operator is defined as
:{{big|<math>\nabla =~\!
    \tfrac{\part}{\part x}~\!\mathbf{i} +
    \tfrac{\part}{\part y}~\!\mathbf{j} +
    \tfrac{\part}{\part z}~\!\mathbf{k} \quad\qquad
  </math>}}{{big|1=[''sic!''&#8239;]}}
&mdash;which, on its face, is not an operator at all, but a self-contained expression whose value is the zero vector (because it is a sum of derivatives of constant vectors). Among the offenders is Erwin Kreyszig, who, in the 6th edition of his bestselling ''Advanced Engineering Mathematics'' ([[#kreyszig-62-|1988]], p.&#8239;486), misdefines the del operator thus and then rewrites the gradient of{{mvar|&#8202; f}}&#8239; as {{math|&nabla;&#8202;''f'',}} apparently imagining that the differentiation operators look ''through'' the constant vectors rather than ''at''&#8202; them. Six pages later, he defines the divergence in Cartesian coordinates (which we shall do shortly) and then immediately informs us that "Another common notation for the divergence of{{math| '''v'''}} is {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;&#8202;v'''}}," where {{math|&nabla;}} is defined as before, but the resulting {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;&#8202;v'''}} is apparently not identically zero!<ref>The latter passage, as it appears in the 5th edition (p.&#8239;397), is the one cited by Tai ([[#tai-94|1994]], p.&#8239;6).</ref> These errors persist in the 10th edition ([[#kreyszig-62-|2011]], pp.&#8239;396,&#8239;402–3). Tai finds similar howlers in mathematics texts by Wilfred Kaplan, Ladis D. Kovach, and Merle C. Potter, and in electromagnetics texts by William H. Hayt and Martin A. Plonus.<ref>Quoted by Tai ([[#tai-94|1994]]), in alphabetical order within each category. For Kovach he could have added p.&#8239;308.&#8201; Potter he misnames as Porter.</ref>&#8201; Knudsen &amp; Katz, in ''Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer'' (1958), avoid the misdefinition of{{math| &nabla;,}} but implicitly define the divergence of{{math| '''V'''}} as {{math|1='''V&#11825;'''&nabla;}}&#8202; (which, as we have seen, is actually an operator), and then somehow reduce it to the correct expression for{{math|&#8202; div&#8239;'''V'''}}.&#8239;<ref>Quoted by Tai ([[#tai-94|1994]], p.&#8239;23).</ref>  But I digress.

'''Curl and divergence''':  Expressing the operand of the curl in components, and noting that the unit vectors are ''uniform'', we can apply ({{EquationNote|8p}}):
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    &= ~\!\mathrm{curl}(q_j ~\!\mathbf{e}_j) && \\
    &= \nabla q_j \times \mathbf{e}_j && [\mathsf{\scriptstyle by~eq.(8p)}] \\
    &= ~\!\mathbf{e}_i \part_i q_j \times \mathbf{e}_j
       && [\mathsf{\scriptstyle by~eq.(58g)}] \\
    &= ~\!\mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times \part_i ~\!q_j \mathbf{e}_j \,. &&
  \end{align}</math>}}
If we sum over {{mvar|j}} first, this is
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} =~\! \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times\part_i\mathbf{q}
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|59c}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl} =~\! \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times\part_i
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|59o}}}}
or, in traditional longhand,
:{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}
    \,=\, \mathbf{i} \times ~\!\!\tfrac{\part}{\part x}
     +~\! \mathbf{j} \times ~\!\!\tfrac{\part}{\part y}
     +~\! \mathbf{k} \times ~\!\!\tfrac{\part}{\part z} \,.
  </math>}}
For the ''divergence'' we proceed as for the curl except that, instead of ({{EquationNote|8p}}), we use ({{EquationNote|8g}}):
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    &= ~\!\mathrm{div}(q_j ~\!\mathbf{e}_j) && \\
    &= \nabla q_j \cdot \mathbf{e}_j && [\mathsf{\scriptstyle by~eq.(8g)}] \\
    &= ~\!\mathbf{e}_i \part_i q_j \cdot \mathbf{e}_j
       && [\mathsf{\scriptstyle by~eq.(58g)}] \\
    &= ~\!\mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot \part_i ~\!q_j \mathbf{e}_j \,; &&
  \end{align}</math>}}
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} =~\! \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot \part_i\mathbf{q}
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|60d}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div} =~\! \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot \part_i
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|60o}}}}
or, in traditional longhand,
:{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}
    \,=\, \mathbf{i} \cdot \tfrac{\part}{\part x}
     +~\! \mathbf{j} \cdot \tfrac{\part}{\part y}
     +~\! \mathbf{k} \cdot \tfrac{\part}{\part z} \,.
  </math>}}
It follows from ({{EquationNote|59c}}) and ({{EquationNote|60d}}), if it was not already obvious, that ''a uniform vector field has zero curl and zero divergence''.

Although the above expressions for the divergence and curl will surprise many modern readers, they match the ''initial definitions'' of the divergence and curl given by the founder of vector analysis as we know it, [[w:Josiah Willard Gibbs|J.&#8239;Willard Gibbs]] ([[#gibbs-1881-4|1881]], &sect;&#8239;54). Gibbs even uses the {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8202; notations on the left sides of the defining equations, and only ''after''&#8202; the equations (albeit immediately after) does he announce that&#8202; "{{math|&#8202;&nabla;'''&#11825;'''&#8202;''&omega;''}} is called the ''divergence'' of{{mvar| &omega;}}&#8239; and {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;''&omega;''}}&#8239; its ''curl''." (He uses Greek letters for vectors.) Our notation and Cartesian expression for the gradient ({{EquationNote|58g}}) also match Gibbs ([[#gibbs-1881-4|1881]], &sect;&#8239;52). Hence, using the Gibbs notations, we can merge definitions ({{EquationNote|58g}}), ({{EquationNote|59c}}), and ({{EquationNote|60d}}) into the general Cartesian formula
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla~\!\! * \psi =~\! \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\! * \part_i \psi
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|60s}}}}
(with implicit summation), where the {{math|&lowast;}} operator may be a null (for the gradient), a cross (for the curl), or a dot (for the divergence).

Gibbs does not offer any justification for the {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8202; notations, but nor is it difficult to find such a justification based on his definitions. As{{math| '''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} is a ''uniform'' vector, we can rewrite ({{EquationNote|59c}}) ''rigorously'' as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} = \part_i(\mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times\mathbf{q})
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|61c}}}}
and thence ''operationally'' as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} =~\! \mathbf{e}_i\part_i \times \mathbf{q}
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|61o}}}}
or, recalling ({{EquationNote|58o}}),
:<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} ~\!= \nabla \times \mathbf{q} \,,
  </math>
which can be evaluated in the usual manner as
:<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \,=\,
      \begin{vmatrix}
        \mathbf{i} & \part_x & q_x \\
        \mathbf{j} & \part_y & q_y \\
        \mathbf{k} & \part_z & q_z
      \end{vmatrix} \,,
  </math>
where {{mvar|q<sub>x</sub>}} is the {{mvar|x}} component of{{math| '''q'''&#8202;}}, etc. This indeed is how one evaluates the curl of a given field in Cartesian coordinates, although we shall find ({{EquationNote|59c}}) more convenient for deriving identities. Similarly, we can rewrite ({{EquationNote|60d}}) ''rigorously'' as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} = \part_i(\mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot \mathbf{q})
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|62d}}}}
and thence ''operationally'' as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} =~\! \mathbf{e}_i\part_i \cdot \mathbf{q}
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|62o}}}}
or, recalling ({{EquationNote|58o}}),
:<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} ~\!= \nabla \!\cdot \mathbf{q} ~.
  </math>
For evaluating the divergence of a given field, however, we simplify ({{EquationNote|62d}}) to
:{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} = \part_i q_i
  </math>}}
or, in traditional longhand,
:{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    ~\!= \frac{\part q_x}{\part x}
       + \frac{\part q_y}{\part y}
       + \frac{\part q_z}{\part z} \,,
  </math>}}
although we shall find ({{EquationNote|60d}}) more convenient for deriving identities. But the longhand form makes it especially obvious that if{{math|&#8202; '''r'''}} is the position vector,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{r} = 3 \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|62r}}}}

Notice that we can get from ({{EquationNote|62o}}) back to ({{EquationNote|60d}}) by permuting the {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}} with the dot, and from ({{EquationNote|61o}}) back to ({{EquationNote|59c}}) by permuting the {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}} with the cross, as if the differentiation operator could, as it were, look through the dot or the cross&mdash;or, as Gibbs's student [[w:Edwin Bidwell Wilson|Edwin B.&#8201;Wilson]] puts it, "pass by" the dot and the cross, yielding Gibbs's original definitions.<ref>[[#wilson-1901|Wilson, 1901]], p.&#8239;150.</ref> Hence Wilson considers it helpful to regard Gibbs's {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; notations as "the (formal) scalar product and the (formal) vector product of{{math|&#8202; &nabla;}} into" the operand, or "the symbolic scalar and vector products of{{math|&#8202; &nabla;}} into" the operand, and to regard {{math|&nabla;}} as a "symbolic vector"<ref>[[#wilson-1901|Wilson, 1901]], pp.&#8239;150,&#8239;152. Wilson does not announce this idea in his preface (p.&#8239;xii), although Tai ([[#tai-95|1995, p.&#8239;26]]) gets the contrary impression by omitting a comma from the relevant quote.</ref> (not to be confused with Tai's symbolic vector<math>~\nabla\!\!\!\!^{\textstyle_-}</math>).

Tai ([[#tai-94|1994]], [[#tai-95|1995]]) rejects Wilson's argument together with the entire tradition of treating {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8202; as compound operators. Of formal products, Tai says that the concept "has had a tremendously detrimental effect upon the learning of vector analysis"; he calls such a product a "meaningless assembly".<ref>[[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], pp.&#8239;26,&#8239;38.</ref> Of the "pass by" step, he complains that "standard books on mathematical analysis do not have such a theorem."<ref>[[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], p.&#8239;28.</ref>

I submit, however, that the intermediate steps ({{EquationNote|61c}}) and ({{EquationNote|62d}}), after which we take the constant multiplier outside the operator (eqs. {{EquationNote|61o}} &amp; {{EquationNote|62o}}), support Wilson's "pass by" argument. In any event the reader may write out the sums on the right-hand sides of ({{EquationNote|59c}}) and ({{EquationNote|60d}}) and verify that they agree with the formal products {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;&#8202;'''q'''}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;&#8239;q'''}}&#8202; respectively&mdash;and may notice that in the evaluation of each formal product, the cross or dot may be eliminated, leaving nothing to "pass by".<ref>The latter observation is made, or at least suggested, by Kemin et al. ([[#kemin-et-al-00|2000]], p.&#8239;605).</ref> I further submit that the great generality of our derivation of equations ({{EquationNote|14}}), above, compels us to treat the {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8202; notations as more than mere notations. But the kicker is that Tai himself, having found the form of the del operator in ''general'' coordinates ([[#tai-95|1995]], p.&#8239;64, eq.&#8239;9.33), derives original corresponding forms of the {{math|div}} and {{math|curl}} operators (his eqs.&#8239;9.35 &amp; 9.40) which, upon reversal of the forbidden "pass by", become del-dot and del-cross! Indeed his three equations, just cited, are reminiscent of our ({{EquationNote|58o}}), ({{EquationNote|60o}}), and ({{EquationNote|59o}}) respectively. That being said, I shall find some points of agreement with Tai, and some reasons to criticize Wilson.

'''Laplacian''':  If {{mvar|&psi;}} is a ''scalar'' field, then
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\triangle\psi
    &= \operatorname{div}\nabla\psi
       && [\mathsf{\scriptstyle by~eq.(9L')}] \\
    &= \part_i(\mathbf{e}_i \cdot \nabla\psi)
       && [\mathsf{\scriptstyle by~eq.(62d)}] \\
    &= \part_i(\part_i \psi) \,; &&
  \end{align}</math>}}
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \triangle\psi = \part_i \part_i \psi \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|63L}}}}
where we write&#8202; {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;&part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; rather than {{math|''&part;<sub>i</sub>''<sup>2</sup>}}&#8202; in order to maintain implicit summation. In traditional longhand, ({{EquationNote|63L}}) becomes
:<math>\triangle\psi ~\!= \frac{\part^2 \psi}{\part x ^2}
                        + \frac{\part^2 \psi}{\part y ^2}
                        + \frac{\part^2 \psi}{\part z ^2}
  </math>
or, in operational terms,
:<math>\triangle ~\!= \frac{\part^2}{\part x ^2}
                    + \frac{\part^2}{\part y ^2}
                    + \frac{\part^2}{\part z ^2}
  </math>
or, by comparison with ({{EquationNote|58t}}),
:<math>\triangle = \nabla{\cdot}\nabla </math>
&mdash;as expected.

By the linearity of the Laplacian, the same applies if {{mvar|&psi;}} is any field expressible in terms of a uniform basis. For example, if {{mvar|&psi;}} is a ''vector'' field given by&#8239; {{math|''&psi;<sub>j</sub>''&#8239;'''e'''<sub>''j''</sub>}}&#8239; (with implicit summation), then
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \triangle\psi
    &= \triangle(\psi_j ~\!\mathbf{e}_j) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_j ~\!\triangle\psi_j \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_j \part_i \part_i \psi_j \\
    &= \part_i \part_i (\psi_j ~\!\mathbf{e}_j)
     = \part_i \part_i \psi \,,
  \end{align}</math>}}
where the third line follows from ({{EquationNote|63L}}) as applied to a scalar field. Thus ({{EquationNote|63L}}) is quite general.

After listing theorems ({{EquationNote|5g}}) to ({{EquationNote|5L}}) above, we gave reasons for describing {{math|&nabla;,}} {{math|curl,}} and {{math|div}} as ''differential operators'', and {{math|&#9651;}} as a ''2nd-order'' differential operator&mdash;the implication being that the others are only 1st-order. We now have the promised "additional reason" for these descriptions: when expressed in Cartesian coordinates, the {{math|&#9651;}} operator involves second derivatives, while the others involve (only) first derivatives. In the meantime we have acquired the {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;}} operator, which is also 1st-order, as we shall now confirm.

'''Advection, directional derivative, etc.''':   If {{mvar|&psi;}} is a ''scalar'' field, then
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi
    &= (\mathbf{q}) \cdot (\nabla\psi) \\
    &= (q_i~\!\mathbf{e}_i) \cdot (\mathbf{e}_j ~\!\part_j \psi) \\
    &= \;\!\mathbf{e}_i{\cdot}\;\!\mathbf{e}_j \;q_i \part_j \psi \,.
  \end{align}</math>}}
In this double summation, the only non-zero terms are those for which&#8202; {{mvar|j&#8239;{{=}}&#8201;i&#8202;}},&#8239; in which case&#8239; {{math|'''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8239;'''&#11825;&#8239;e'''<sub>''j''</sub>&#8201;{{=}}&#8239;1}}.&#8201; So we have
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi = q_i ~\!\part_i \psi
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|64}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla = q_i ~\!\part_i
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|64o}}}}
or, in traditional longhand,
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla
    =~\! q_x\tfrac{\part}{\part x}
    +~\! q_y\tfrac{\part}{\part y}
    +~\! q_z\tfrac{\part}{\part z} \,,
  </math>}}
which indeed is the "formal" or "symbolic" dot-product of&#8202; {{math|'''q'''}} and{{math| &nabla;}}.&#8202; By the linearity of the directional derivative in ({{EquationNote|11}}), the same result applies if {{mvar|&psi;}} is a vector field or any field expressible in terms of a uniform basis. In particular, if{{math| '''r'''}} is the position vector, we have
:{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{r}
    = q_i ~\!\part_i \mathbf{r}
    = q_i ~\!\mathbf{e}_i \,,
  </math>}}
i.e.,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{r} = \mathbf{q}
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|64r}}}}
&mdash;which is also deducible from ({{EquationNote|11}}).

For convenience in the following discussion, we shall refer to the scaled-directional-derivative operator {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;}} as an "advection" operator although, physically, it represents advection only if {{math|'''q'''}} is the material velocity.

=== Identities without pain ===

In deriving the Cartesian expressions for the gradient, curl, divergence, Laplacian, and advection operators, we used the preceding identities ({{EquationNote|9g}}), ({{EquationNote|8p}}), ({{EquationNote|8g}}), ({{EquationNote|9L'}}), and ({{EquationNote|11}}) respectively, the last being a definition generalizing ({{EquationNote|9g}}). Thus we could have derived the Cartesian expressions quite early in the exposition, although we did not find that option convenient. The other vector-analytic identities that we have previously mentioned are:
* ({{EquationNote|8c}}), which showed the unambiguity of the curl;
* ({{EquationNote|8q}}), which has a question mark after it;
* ({{EquationNote|17}}), a product rule for the divergence, which is yet to be proven as a general identity;
* ({{EquationNote|24c}}) and ({{EquationNote|24c}}), concerning "curl grad" and "div curl"; and
* the identities showing that we can construct a field with a given divergence ({{EquationNote|36}}), Laplacian ({{EquationNote|38}}), or D'Alembertian ({{EquationNote|57}}).

The above list exposes the following shortcomings:
* we have not yet investigated "grad div" and "curl curl";
* we have only one ''product rule''&#8202;&mdash;the unverified identity ({{EquationNote|17}})&mdash;in which ''both'' factors are spatially variable fields; this needs to be verified and identities ({{EquationNote|8c}}) and ({{EquationNote|8p}}) need to be generalized;
* our collection of product rules does not yet include the curl of a cross-product, or the gradient of a dot-product or of a product of scalars, or the advection of a product; and
* we do not yet have any ''chain rules'' involving {{math|&nabla;,}} {{math|curl,}} or {{math|div}}.
With the aid of the Cartesian forms of the various operators, we may now fill these gaps.

<br />

The "'''grad div'''" and "'''curl curl'''" operators turn out to be related:
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \;\!
    &= \mathbf{e}_i \times\part_i(\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i \times\part_i(\mathbf{e}_j \times\part_j\mathbf{q}) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i \times(\mathbf{e}_j \times\part_i\part_j\mathbf{q}) \,,
  \end{align}</math>}}
whence expanding the vector triple product gives
:{{big|<math>\operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \;\!
    = \mathbf{e}_i \!\cdot~\!\!\part_i\part_j\mathbf{q} ~\mathbf{e}_j
      - \mathbf{e}_i {\cdot}~\!\mathbf{e}_j \,\part_i\part_j\mathbf{q} \,.
  </math>}}
In the first term on the right, we can switch the order of partial differentiation; and in the second term&mdash;which, like the first, is a double summation&mdash;the only non-zero contributions are those for which&#8202; {{mvar|j&#8239;{{=}}&#8201;i}}&#8239; and&#8239; {{math|'''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8239;'''&#11825;&#8239;e'''<sub>''j''</sub>&#8201;{{=}}&#8239;1}}.&#8201; So we have
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \;\!
    &= \mathbf{e}_i \!\cdot~\!\!\part_j\part_i\mathbf{q} ~\mathbf{e}_j
       - \part_i\part_i\mathbf{q} \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_j \,\part_j(\mathbf{e}_i \!\cdot~\!\!\part_i\mathbf{q})
      - \part_i\part_i\mathbf{q} \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    ~\!\equiv \nabla\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} - \triangle\mathbf{q} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|65}}}}
This result may be memorized as "''curl curl is grad div minus del squared''&#8239;" and written as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|{{math|&nabla;&#8239;&times;&#8201;(&nabla;&#8239;&times;&#8201;'''q''') &equiv; &nabla; &nabla;'''&#11825;&#8239;q''' &minus; &nabla;<sup>2</sup>&#8202;'''q'''}}&#8201;,}}|{{EquationRef|66}}}}
which ''looks like'' the expansion of a vector triple product; and the key step in the above derivation, based on the Gibbs definitions of the operators,  ''really is''&#8202; the expansion of a vector triple product.

<br />

We now turn to ''product rules'' in which neither factor is assumed uniform.

The '''curl of a cross-product''' is
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    &\operatorname{curl}(\mathbf{a}\!\times\!\mathbf{b}) \\
    &~= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times\part_i(\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b}) \\
    &~= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times(\part_i\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b} +
                                 \mathbf{a}\times\part_i\mathbf{b}) \\
    &~= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times(\part_i\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b}) +
        \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times(\mathbf{a}\times\part_i\mathbf{b}) \\
    &~= \mathbf{e}_i{\cdot}~\!\mathbf{b} \,\part_i\mathbf{a}
        - \mathbf{e}_i{\cdot}~\!\part_i\mathbf{a} \;\mathbf{b}
        + \mathbf{e}_i{\cdot}~\!\part_i\mathbf{b} \;\mathbf{a}
        - \mathbf{e}_i{\cdot}~\!\mathbf{a} \,\part_i\mathbf{b} \\
    &~= b_i\part_i\mathbf{a} - (\operatorname{div}\mathbf{a})~\!\mathbf{b}
        + (\operatorname{div}\mathbf{b})~\!\mathbf{a} - a_i\part_i\mathbf{b} \\
    &~= \mathbf{b}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{a}
        - \mathbf{b}\operatorname{div}\mathbf{a}
        + \mathbf{a}\operatorname{div}\mathbf{b}
        - \mathbf{a}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{b} \,,
  \end{align}</math>}}
i.e.,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}(\mathbf{a}\!\times\!\mathbf{b})
    \equiv \mathbf{a}\operatorname{div}\mathbf{b}
         - \mathbf{b}\operatorname{div}\mathbf{a}
         + \mathbf{b}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{a}
         - \mathbf{a}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{b} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|67c}}}}

The '''divergence of a cross-product''', as we might expect, is simpler:
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\operatorname{div}(\mathbf{a}\!\times\!\mathbf{b})
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot\part_i(\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b}) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot(\part_i\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b} +
                               \mathbf{a}\times\part_i\mathbf{b}) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot\part_i\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b} +
       \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot\mathbf{a}\times\part_i\mathbf{b} \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot\part_i\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b} -
       \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot\part_i\mathbf{b}\times\mathbf{a} \\
    &= \mathbf{b}\cdot\mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times\part_i\mathbf{a} -
       \mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times\part_i\mathbf{b} \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
i.e.,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}(\mathbf{a}\!\times\!\mathbf{b})
    \equiv \mathbf{b}\cdot\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{a}
         - \mathbf{a}\cdot\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{b} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|67d}}}}
In particular, in electromagnetics,&#8201; {{math|div('''E'''&#8239;&times;&#8239;'''H''') &equiv; '''H&#8239;&#11825;'''&#8201;curl&#8201;'''E''' &minus; '''E&#8239;&#11825;'''&#8201;curl&#8201;'''H'''}}&#8239;;&#8239; this is the identity on which [[w:Poynting's theorem|Poynting's theorem]] is based. But if&#8202; {{math|'''b'''}} in ({{EquationNote|67d}}) is uniform, then ({{EquationNote|67d}}) reduces to ({{EquationNote|8c}}).

The '''gradient of a dot-product''', by comparison, is surprisingly messy:
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\nabla\,\mathbf{a}{\cdot}\mathbf{b}
    &= \mathbf{e}_i
       \part_i(\mathbf{a}\!\cdot\!\mathbf{b}) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i
       (\mathbf{a}\!\cdot\!\part_i\mathbf{b} +
        \mathbf{b}\!\cdot\!\part_i\mathbf{a}) \\
    &= \mathbf{a}\!\cdot\!\part_i\mathbf{b}
       \;\mathbf{e}_i +
       \mathbf{b}\!\cdot\!\part_i\mathbf{a}
       \;\mathbf{e}_i \,.
  \end{align}</math>}}
Now the first term on the right can be recognized as&#8201; {{math|'''a'''&#8202;&times;&#8239;('''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8202;&times;&#8239;''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;'''b''')&#8201;+&#8201;'''a&#11825;&#8202;e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8201;''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;'''b'''&#8202;}};&#8201; that is,&#8201; {{math|'''a'''&#8202;&times;&#8239;('''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8202;&times;&#8239;''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;'''b''')&#8201;+&#8201;''a<sub>i</sub>&#8239;&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;'''b'''&#8202;}};&#8201; that is,&#8201; {{midsize|<math>\mathbf{a}\!\times\!\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{b}+\mathbf{a}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{b}</math>}}.&#8201; Similarly, the second term is&#8201; {{midsize|<math>\mathbf{b}\!\times\!\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{a}+\mathbf{b}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{a}</math>}}.&#8201; Thus we have
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla\,\mathbf{a}{\cdot}\mathbf{b}
    \equiv \mathbf{a}\!\times\!\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{b}
         + \mathbf{b}\!\times\!\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{a}
	 + \mathbf{a}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{b}
	 + \mathbf{b}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{a} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|68}}}}
For ''uniform''&#8202; {{math|'''b'''&#8202;,}} the first and third terms on the right vanish, and we can solve for the first term on the right, obtaining
:<math>\mathbf{b}\times\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{a} ~\!=
    \nabla\,\mathbf{b{\cdot}a} - \mathbf{b}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{a}
  \qquad</math>[&#8202;for uniform {{math|'''b'''}}] ,
so that we can now drop the question mark after ({{EquationNote|8q}}). If we write the curl operator as&#8202; {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;&#8239;,}}&#8239; the last equation [or ({{EquationNote|8q}})]&#8202; ''looks like'' the expansion of a vector triple product; but the identity is valid only for uniform{{math| '''b'''}}.

The '''gradient of a product of scalars''', unlike that of a dot-product, is as simple as the product rule for ordinary differentiation:
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\nabla(p\varphi)
    &= \mathbf{e}_i \part_i(p\varphi) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i(p~\!\part_i\varphi + \varphi~\!\part_i p) \\
    &= p~\!\mathbf{e}_i\part_i\varphi + \varphi~\!\mathbf{e}_i\part_i p \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla(p\varphi) \equiv p\;\!\nabla\varphi + \varphi\;\!\nabla p \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|69}}}}

The '''advection of a product''' is equally simple, ''regardless of the type of product'', except that the order of a cross-product matters. Let {{mvar|&psi;}} and {{mvar|&chi;}} be scalar or vector fields, and let {{math|''&psi;''&#8202;&lowast;''&chi;''}} denote any meaningful product of the two. Then, by ({{EquationNote|64}}),
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,(\psi~\!\! * \!\chi)
    &= q_i \part_i (\psi~\!\! * \!\chi) \\
    &= q_i (\psi * \part_i \chi + \part_i \psi * \chi) \\
    &= \psi * q_i \part_i \chi + q_i \part_i \psi * \chi \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,(\psi~\!\! * \!\chi)
    \equiv \psi * (\mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\chi) +
           (\mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\psi) * \chi \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|70}}}}
The {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;}} operator is a ''scalar'' operator in the sense that it maps the operand field to a field of the same order&mdash;a scalar field to a scalar field, a vector field to a vector field, a matrix field to a matrix field, etc.&mdash;&#8202;''as if''&#8202; it were multiplication by a scalar or differentiation w.r.t. a scalar; and indeed a differentiation w.r.t. path length appears in the coordinate-free definition ({{EquationNote|11}}) of the operator. Moreover, we did not need coordinates to obtain rule ({{EquationNote|70}}); as the reader may verify, the same rule can be obtained directly from the definition ({{EquationNote|11}}) in a similar manner. From these points of view, the simplicity of the rule is unsurprising.

The '''curl of the product of a scalar and a vector''' is
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\operatorname{curl}p\mathbf{b}
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times \part_i(p\mathbf{b}) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\times(p~\!\part_i\mathbf{b}+\part_i p\;\mathbf{b}) \\
    &= p~\!\mathbf{e}_i{\times}~\!\part_i\mathbf{b} +
       \mathbf{e}_i\part_i p \times\mathbf{b} \\
  \end{align}</math>}}
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}p\mathbf{b}
    \,\equiv\, p\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{b} ~\!+ \nabla p \times\mathbf{b} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|71c}}}}
For uniform {{math|'''b'''&#8202;,}} this reduces to ({{EquationNote|8p}}), which was used to derive the Cartesian form of the curl ({{EquationNote|59c}}).

For the '''divergence of the product of a scalar and a vector''', we proceed likewise except that we use a dot instead of a cross. The result is
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
     \operatorname{div}p\mathbf{b}
     \,\equiv\, p\operatorname{div}\mathbf{b} ~\!+ \nabla p \cdot \mathbf{b} \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|71d}}}}
which has the same form as ({{EquationNote|17}}), delivering the promised confirmation that ({{EquationNote|17}}) is an identity. For uniform {{math|'''b'''&#8202;,}}&#8201; ({{EquationNote|71d}}) reduces to ({{EquationNote|8g}}), which was used to derive the Cartesian form of the divergence ({{EquationNote|60d}}).

That exhausts the first-order product rules. For curiosity's sake, we shall also derive one second-order rule.

The '''Laplacian of the product of a scalar field and a generic field''', by ({{EquationNote|63L}}), is
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\triangle(p\psi)
    &= \part_i \part_i (p\psi) \\
    &= \part_i (p~\!\part_i \psi + \psi~\!\part_i p) \\
    &= p\,\part_i \part_i \psi + \part_i \psi\,\part_i p +
       \psi~\!\part_i \part_i p + \part_i p\,\part_i \psi \\
    &= p\,\part_i \part_i \psi + 2\part_i p\,\part_i \psi +
       \psi~\!\part_i \part_i p \\
    &= p~\!\triangle\psi + 2\part_i p\,\part_i \psi +
       \psi~\!\triangle p \,.
  \end{align}</math>}}
In the middle term, by ({{EquationNote|58g}}), {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;p}}&#8202; is the {{mvar|i&#8202;}}th component of{{math|&#8202; &nabla;''p''}}&#8239; so that, by ({{EquationNote|64o}}),&#8201; {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;p&#8239;&part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8239; is the {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;}} operator for&#8239; {{math|'''q'''&#8239;{{=}}&#8239;&nabla;''p''}}.&#8201; So we have
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
     \triangle(p\psi)
     \equiv p~\!\triangle\psi + 2(\nabla p \cdot~\!\! \nabla)\psi +
              \psi~\!\triangle p \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|72}}}}
The argument assumes a scalar{{mvar| p}} but is indifferent to whether {{mvar|&psi;}} is a scalar or a vector or a higher-order tensor.

<br />

Finally we turn to ''chain rules''&#8202;&mdash;&#8202;especially the simple cases of the gradient, curl, divergence, advection, and Laplacian of a function of a scalar field{{mvar| u}}. As usual, let {{mvar|p}} denote a scalar field, {{math|'''q'''}} a vector field, and {{mvar|&psi;}} a generic field.

'''Gradient&#8202;&#10744;&#8202;curl&#8202;&#10744;&#8202;divergence of a function of a scalar''':  By the general Cartesian formula ({{EquationNote|60s}}) and the chain rule for{{math| ''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;,}}
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\nabla~\!\! * \big(\psi(u)\big)
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\! * \part_i \big(\psi(u)\big) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\! * \psi'~\!\!(u) ~\!\part_i u \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_i \part_i u * \psi'~\!\!(u) \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
i.e., by ({{EquationNote|58g}}),
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla~\!\! * \big(\psi(u)\big)
    \equiv \nabla u * \psi'~\!\!(u) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|73}}}}
In particular, if&#8202; {{math|&lowast;}} is a null,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \nabla\big(p(u)\big) \equiv \nabla u \;p'~\!\!(u) \,;
  </math>|{{EquationRef|73g}}}}
and if&#8202; {{math|&lowast;}} is a cross,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \mathrm{curl}\big(\mathbf{q}(u)\big)
    \equiv \nabla u \times \mathbf{q}'~\!\!(u) \,;
  </math>|{{EquationRef|73c}}}}
and if&#8202; {{math|&lowast;}} is a dot,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \mathrm{div}\big(\mathbf{q}(u)\big)
    \equiv \nabla u \cdot \mathbf{q}'~\!\!(u) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|73d}}}}

'''Advection of a function of a scalar''':
:<!-- SUBSCRIPTS ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY: --><math>\begin{align}
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\big(\psi(u)\big)
    &= q_{\textstyle i} \part_{\textstyle i} \big(\psi(u)\big) \\
    &= q_{\textstyle i} ~\!\psi'~\!\!(u) ~\!\part_{\textstyle i} u \\
    &= q_{\textstyle i} \part_{\textstyle i} u \;\psi'~\!\!(u) \,;
  \end{align}</math>
i.e.,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\big(\psi(u)\big)
    \equiv~\! \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla u ~\psi'~\!\!(u) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|73q}}}}
This fits into the pattern set by ({{EquationNote|73}}) in that the gradient operator in ({{EquationNote|73g}}) is replaced by an advection operator.

Of the last four results, only ({{EquationNote|73c}}) is dependent on the order of the {{math|&lowast;}} product; the others could equally well be written
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\begin{align}
    \nabla\big(p(u)\big) &\equiv~\! p'~\!\!(u) ~\!\nabla u \\
    \mathrm{div}\big(\mathbf{q}(u)\big)
    &\equiv~\! \mathbf{q}'~\!\!(u) \cdot~\!\! \nabla u \\
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\big(\psi(u)\big)
    &\equiv~\! \psi'~\!\!(u)\;\mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla u ~.
  \end{align}</math>|{{EquationRef|73z}}}}

The '''Laplacian of a function of a scalar''' departs from the above pattern.
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\triangle\big(\psi(u)\big)
    &= \part_i \part_i \big(\psi(u)\big) \\
    &= \part_i\big(\psi'~\!\!(u) ~\!\part_i u\big) \\
    &= \psi'~\!\!(u) ~\!\part_i\part_i u
       + \psi''~\!\!(u) ~\!\part_i u \,\part_i u \,,
  \end{align}</math>}}
where the last line follows from the product rule for {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; and, in the second term, the chain rule for{{mvar| &part;<sub>i</sub>&#8202;}}.&#8201; In that second term, the implicit sum&#8202; {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8202;u&#8239;&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8202;u}}&#8239; can be recognized as&#8202; {{math|{{abs|&nabla;''u''}}<sup>2</sup>}}&#8202; by ({{EquationNote|58s}}). So we have
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \triangle\big(\psi(u)\big)
    \equiv \psi'~\!\!(u)~\!\triangle u + \psi''~\!\!(u)~\!\big|\nabla u\big|^2.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|74}}}}

'''Multivariate chain rule''':  The foregoing chain rules involve ''one'' intermediate function of ''one'' scalar variable. It will be useful to have an elementary chain rule that can handle more than one of each. Let {{math|''p''('''r''')}} be a smooth scalar field, and let {{math|'''r'''}} in turn be a smooth function of several variables, one of which, say{{mvar| t&#8202;}}, is allowed to vary while the others are held constant, so that {{math|'''r'''}} changes by {{math|''d'''''r'''}} when {{mvar|t}} changes by {{mvar|dt}}. Then dividing ({{EquationNote|26g}}) by {{mvar|dt}}&#8202; gives
:<math>\part_t p = \nabla p \cdot \part_t \mathbf{r}</math>
or, in indicial Cartesian coordinates with implicit summation,
:{{big|<math>\part_t p = \part_i p \,\part_t x_i</math>}}
or, in traditional longhand,
:{{big|<math>\tfrac{\part}{\part t}~\!p(x,y,z)
    = \tfrac{\part p}{\part x}~\!\tfrac{\part x}{\part t}
    + \tfrac{\part p}{\part y}~\!\tfrac{\part y}{\part t}
    + \tfrac{\part p}{\part z}~\!\tfrac{\part z}{\part t} \,.
  </math>}}
This is the desired multivariate chain rule for a scalar function of three intermediate real variables. The assumption that these variables are Cartesian coordinates is not a loss of generality, because any three real quantities can be suitably scaled and represented by perpendicular axes, so that any scalar function of them becomes a function of position, to which ({{EquationNote|26g}}) applies; and then the scaling can be reversed without changing the products in the last equation. Moreover, by the linearity of{{mvar| &part;<sub>t</sub>&#8239;}}, the scalar field {{mvar|p}} may be replaced by any field expressible in terms of a uniform basis. For example, for a vector field{{math| '''q'''&#8202;}},
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\part_t \mathbf{q}
    &= \part_t (q_j \mathbf{e}_j) \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_j \part_t q_j \\
    &= \mathbf{e}_j \part_i q_j \,\part_t x_i \\
    &= \part_i (q_j \mathbf{e}_j) ~\!\part_t x_i
     = \part_i \mathbf{q} \,\part_t x_i \,,
  \end{align}</math>}}
where the third line is obtained by applying the multivariate chain rule for a scalar field. Thus, for a generic field {{mvar|&psi;&#8202;}},
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \part_t \psi = \part_i \psi \,\part_t x_i
  \qquad</math>}}[&#8202;for generic {{mvar|&psi;}} and {{mvar|x<sub>i</sub>&#8239;}}].|{{EquationRef|75}}}}

'''Gradient&#8202;&#10744;&#8202;curl&#8202;&#10744;&#8202;divergence of a function of a scaled position vector''':  We end this subsection by deriving a lemma for use in the next subsection. If{{mvar| k}} is a uniform scalar multiplier and {{math|'''r'''}} is the position vector,
:{{big|<math>
    \nabla * \psi(k\mathbf{r})
    = \mathbf{e}_i * \part_i \psi(k\mathbf{r})
    = k\mathbf{e}_i * \part_{(kx_{\scriptstyle i})} \psi(k\mathbf{r}) \,,
  </math>}}
where the third expression is obtained by from the second by multiplying each denominator (change in{{mvar| x<sub>i</sub>}}) by{{mvar| k}}&#8239; and compensating. But now we have
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla * \psi(k\mathbf{r}) = k\,(\nabla {*}~\! \psi)\Big|_{k\mathbf{r}} \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|76}}}}
where the vertical bar and subscript indicate that the gradient, curl, or divergence is evaluated at{{math| ''k''&#8202;'''r'''}}. We shall be interested in the curl (for which {{math|&lowast;}} is a cross).

=== Field with given curl ===

Consider the vector field
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \mathbf{v}(\mathbf{r}) = \mathbf{q}(\mathbf{r})\times\mathbf{r} \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|77}}}}
where {{math|'''q'''}} is a ''solenoidal''&#8202; vector field and {{math|'''r''' }}is the position vector. By identity ({{EquationNote|67c}}),
:<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{v}
  =   \mathbf{q}\operatorname{div}\mathbf{r}
    - \mathbf{r}\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    + \mathbf{r}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{q}
    - \mathbf{q}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{r}
  </math>
where, by hypothesis, {{math|div&#8239;'''q'''}}&#8202; is zero. Applying identities ({{EquationNote|62r}}) and ({{EquationNote|64r}}) then yields
:<math>\begin{align}
  \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{v}
  &= 3\mathbf{q} + \mathbf{r}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{q} - \mathbf{q} \\
  &= 2\mathbf{q} + \mathbf{r}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{q} \,.
  \end{align}</math>

[[File:Vorticity_Figure_01_a-m.gif|thumb|Animation of a rigid-body-like velocity field, whose curl is twice the angular velocity.]]

In the special case in which {{math|'''q'''}} is the ''angular velocity'' {{math|'''&omega;'''}} of a '''rigid body''' about an axis through the origin,&#8201; {{math|'''v''' }}is the velocity field ({{math|'''&omega;'''&#8239;&times;&#8239;'''r'''}}) and {{math|'''&omega;'''}} is uniform, so that the last result reduces to&#8201; {{math|curl&#8239;'''v'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;2'''&omega;'''&#8202;}}; that is, ''the vorticity is twice the angular velocity''. As the vorticity in this case is uniform and therefore independent of position relative to the axis, it does not change if the axis is shifted, provided that the angular velocity has the same magnitude and direction. And because a uniform velocity field has zero curl, the vorticity is also unchanged if a translational motion is superposed on the rotation. This is the most direct connection that we have seen between curl and rotation. But again I digress.

Returning to the more general case in which {{math|'''q''' }}is not necessarily uniform, but merely solenoidal,<ref>The following explanation takes some hints from Christopher Ford's note on "Vector Potentials" at [https://www.maths.tcd.ie/~houghton/231/Notes/ChrisFord/vp.pdf maths.tcd.ie/~houghton/231/Notes/ChrisFord/vp.pdf], circa 2004.</ref> we have
:<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{v}(\mathbf{r})
    = 2\mathbf{q}(\mathbf{r})
      + \mathbf{r}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{q}(\mathbf{r}) \,,
  </math>
to which we can apply our lemma ({{EquationNote|76}}) with a uniform real factor {{mvar|t&#8202;}}, obtaining
:<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{v}(t\mathbf{r})
    = 2t\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})
       + t\mathbf{r}~\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r}) \,.
  </math>
On the left we can recall ({{EquationNote|77}}); and on the right we can apply ({{EquationNote|11}}), noting that the magnitude of{{math| {{abs|'''r'''}}}} is{{mvar| r&#8202;}}, which measures distance in the direction of{{math| '''r'''}}. Thus we obtain
:<math>
  \mathrm{curl}\big(\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})\times t\mathbf{r}\big)
    = 2t\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})
      + tr \part_{\textstyle r} \mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r}) \,.
  </math>
Now if the direction of{{math| '''r'''}} is held constant,&#8201; {{math|'''q'''(''t''&#8202;'''r''')}} is a function of{{mvar| tr&#8239;}}; and in general&#8201; {{math|''r&#8202;&part;<sub>r</sub>&#8201;f''&#8202;(''tr'')&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''t&#8202;&part;<sub>t</sub>&#8201;f''&#8202;(''tr'')}}.&#8201; So we have
:<math>\begin{align}
  \mathrm{curl}\big(\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})\times t\mathbf{r}\big)
    &= 2t\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r}) + t^2 \part_t \mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r}) \\
    &= \part_t \big(t^2 \mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})\big) \,.
  \end{align}</math>
Integrating w.r.t. {{mvar|t}}&#8239; from 0 to 1 gives
:<math>
  \int_0^1\!\mathrm{curl}\big(\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})\times t\mathbf{r}\big)\,dt
    = \big(t^2 \mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})\big)\Big|_0^1
    =~\! \mathbf{q}(\mathbf{r}) \,;
  </math>
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{q}(\mathbf{r}) \equiv
  \mathrm{curl}\int_0^1\!\mathbf{q}(t\mathbf{r})\!\times\!t\mathbf{r}\;dt\qquad
  </math>[&#8202;for solenoidal {{math|'''q'''&#8202;}}].|{{EquationRef|78}}}}
Thus for any solenoidal vector field{{math| '''q'''}}&#8239; we can construct a '''vector potential'''&mdash;that is, a field whose curl is{{math| '''q'''&#8202;}}; such a field is given by the integral on the right. This is the long-promised proof of the "converse" of identity ({{EquationNote|24d}}). Of course the vector potential is not unique, because any conservative field&mdash;but ''only'' a conservative field&mdash;can be added to it without changing its curl. Hence the existence of ''one'' vector potential implies the existence of infinitely many. The above integral gives us ''one''.

The proof of ({{EquationNote|78}}) assumes that {{math|'''q''' }}is solenoidal not only at position{{math| '''r'''&#8202;,}} but also at{{math| ''t''&#8202;'''r'''}}&#8202; where&#8239; {{math|0&#8239;&leq;&#8239;''t''&#8239;&leq;&#8202;1}}, i.e. at every point on the line-segment from the origin to{{math| '''r'''}}.&#8201; A '''star-shaped''' region is one that contains an point{{mvar| O}}&#8202; such that for every point{{mvar| P}} in the region, the line-segment {{mvar|OP}} is entirely contained in the region. We may choose any such {{mvar|O}}&#8202; as the origin in the proof of ({{EquationNote|78}}). So the proof tells us that if a vector field is solenoidal within a star-shaped region, it has a vector potential in that region. As a special case, a vector field that is solenoidal everywhere has a vector potential everywhere.

=== Notes on the curl of the curl ===

Identity ({{EquationNote|65}}), namely
:<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    ~\!\equiv \nabla\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} - \triangle\mathbf{q}
  </math>
("curl curl is grad div minus del squared"), has at least three implications worth noting here.

First, it can be rearranged as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\triangle\mathbf{q}
    ~\!\equiv \nabla\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
              - \operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
  </math>|{{EquationRef|79}}}}
("del squared is grad div minus curl curl"). This would serve as a coordinate-free definition of the Laplacian of a vector, if we did not already have one.<ref>''Cf''. [[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1881]], &sect;&#8202;71, and [[#moon-spencer-65|Moon &amp; Spencer, 1965]], p.&#8239;235; quoted in [[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], pp.&#8239;18,&#8239;43.</ref> But we do: we started with a coordinate-free definition ({{EquationNote|4L}}) for a generic field, established its unambiguity via ({{EquationNote|9L}}), and found its Cartesian form ({{EquationNote|63L}}), which we used in the derivation of ({{EquationNote|79}}). Wherever we start, we may properly assert by way of contrast that the Laplacian of a ''vector''&#8202; is given by ({{EquationNote|79}}), whereas the Laplacian of a ''scalar''&#8202; is given by the divergence of the gradient. But we should ''not'' conclude, as Moon &amp; Spencer do, that representing the scalar and vector Laplacians by the same symbol is "poor practice&hellip; since the two are basically quite different",<ref>[[#moon-spencer-65|Moon &amp; Spencer, 1965]], p.&#8239;236.</ref> because in fact the two have a common definition which is succinct, unambiguous, and coordinate-free: the Laplacian (of anything) is the closed-surface integral of the outward normal derivative, per unit volume.{{efn|Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], pp.&#8239;43–4) also disagrees with Moon &amp; Spencer, but for a different reason: he regards the Laplacian as the divergence of the gradient even if the operand is a ''vector'' field. For better or worse, we do not consider the gradient of a vector in the present paper&mdash;although the reader can probably work out how to modify ({{EquationNote|26g}}) if&#8202; {{math|''d'''''r'''}} is written as a column vector and&#8202; {{mvar|dp}}&#8202; is ''replaced''&#8202; by a column vector (compare the later footnote on ''dyadics'').}}

Second, by reason of identity ({{EquationNote|38}}) and the remarks thereunder, a given vector field{{math| '''v'''}} can be written
:<math>\mathbf{v}(\mathbf{r}) \,\equiv\, \triangle\bigg(\!{-}\!\iiint
    \frac{\,\mathbf{v}(\mathbf{r}')}{4\pi}\,
    \frac{1}{|\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'|}
  \,dV' \!\bigg) \,,</math>
where the integral is over all space, or at least all of the space in which {{math|'''v'''}} may be non-zero. So, subject to the convergence of the integral, there exists a vector field{{math| '''q'''}} such that
:<math>\mathbf{v} = \triangle\mathbf{q} \,;</math>
that is, by ({{EquationNote|79}}), there exists{{math| '''q'''}} such that
:<math>\mathbf{v}
    = \nabla\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
      - \operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \,,
  </math>
which implies the existence of a scalar field, say<math>\,\varphi~\!,\,</math> and a vector field, say{{math| '''&Psi;'''}}, such that
:<math>\mathbf{v}
    = -\nabla\varphi+\operatorname{curl}\boldsymbol{\Psi}
  </math>
(namely&#8201; {{midsize|<math>\varphi\!=\!-\!\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}\,</math>}} and&#8201; {{math|'''&Psi;'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&minus;&#8202;curl&#8239;'''q'''}}). In short, subject to the convergence of the said integral,
* ''a given vector field can be resolved into [minus] a gradient plus a curl''.
Such a resolution is called a '''Helmholtz decomposition''', and the proposition that it exists is the ''Helmholtz decomposition theorem''. Of course the gradient is irrotational and the curl is solenoidal so that, subject to the same convergence,
* ''a given vector field can be resolved into an irrotational field plus a solenoidal field''.
This is a second statement of the theorem, and follows from the first. And the first follows from the second because an irrotational field has a scalar potential by ({{EquationNote|29}}) and a solenoidal field has a vector potential by ({{EquationNote|78}}).

Third, if {{math|'''q'''}} is ''solenoidal'', the term&#8201; {{math|&nabla;&#8201;div&#8239;'''q'''}}&#8239; in ({{EquationNote|65}}) or ({{EquationNote|79}}) vanishes. Hence ''for a solenoidal field, the curl of the curl is minus the Laplacian''. For example, in the ''dynamic'' case, in a ''vacuum'', the Maxwell&ndash;Amp&egrave;re law says that&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;'''H''' {{=}} '''D'''{{big|&#775;}} {{=}} ''&epsiv;''<sub>0</sub>&#8202;'''E&#775;'''}}.&#8201; Multiplying this by the physical constant {{math|''&mu;''<sub>0</sub>}} (called the '''vacuum permeability''' or simply the '''magnetic constant''') gives&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;'''B''' {{=}} ''&mu;''<sub>0</sub>&#8202;''&epsiv;''<sub>0</sub>&#8239;'''E&#775;'''&#8202;,}}&#8239; whence
:<math>\operatorname{curl}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{B}
    = \mu_0\epsilon_0\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{\dot{E}} \,.
  </math>
But, by Gauss's law for magnetism, {{math|'''B'''}} is solenoidal so that, by ({{EquationNote|65}}), the left-hand side of the above is&#8201; {{math|&minus;&#9651;'''B'''}}.&#8201; And by '''Faraday's law''',&#8201; {{math|curl&#8201;'''E''' {{=}} &minus;'''B'''{{big|&#775;}}&#8202;,}}&#8201; so that&#8201; {{midsize|<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{\dot{E}}=-\mathbf{\ddot{B}}</math>}}.&#8201; Making these substitutions, we get&#8201; {{midsize|<math>-\triangle\mathbf{B}=-\mu_0\epsilon_0\mathbf{\ddot{B}}~\!,\,</math>}} i.e.
:<math>\mathbf{\ddot{B}}=\frac{1}{\mu_0\epsilon_0}~\!\triangle\mathbf{B} \,.</math>
By comparison with ({{EquationNote|45}}), this is the wave equation with
:<math>c=\frac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_0\epsilon_0}} \,.</math>
Thus the Maxwell&ndash;Amp&egrave;re law, Gauss's law for magnetism, and Faraday's law, with the aid of ({{EquationNote|65}}), predict the existence of '''electromagnetic waves''' together with their speed.

For these reasons, especially the last, one could hardly overstate the importance of identity ({{EquationNote|65}}).

=== Digression: Proofs from formal products ===

We have seen that Wilson ([[#wilson-1901|1901]], pp.&#8239;150,&#8239;152) interprets the divergence and curl as "formal" or "symbolic" scalar and vector products with the {{math|&nabla; }}operator.&#8201; {{nowrap|C.-T. Tai}}, in his [[#tai-95|1995 report]] (pp.&#8239;26–9), alleges that this interpretation began with Wilson and not with Gibbs. Here I shall submit, on the contrary, that while the terminology may not be attributable to Gibbs, the concept certainly is.

Later in the same report, Tai confuses the picture by citing the first volume of [[w:Oliver Heaviside|Heaviside]]'s ''Electromagnetic Theory'' (1893), where Heaviside, although his notations for the scalar and vector products differ from those of Gibbs, nevertheless considers the {{math|&nabla;}} operator as a factor in such products. Tai continues:
<blockquote>At the time of his writing he [Heaviside] was already aware of Gibbs' pamphlets on vector analysis but Wilson's book was not yet published. It seems, therefore, that Heaviside and Wilson independently introduced the misleading concept for the scalar and vector products between {{math|&nabla;}} and a vector function. Both were, perhaps, induced by Gibbs' notations for the divergence and the curl. Heaviside did not even include the word 'formal' in his description of the products.<ref>[[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], p.&#8239;35.</ref>
</blockquote>
Whereas it was quite in character for Heaviside to treat an operator that way, the word "independently" would have surprised Wilson and is contradicted by Tai himself, who observes that Wilson's preface acknowledges Heaviside.<ref>[[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], pp.&#8239;25,&#8239;29.</ref> In Wilson's own words:
<blockquote>By far the greater part of the material used in the following pages has been taken from the course of lectures on Vector Analysis delivered annually at the University [Yale] by Professor Gibbs. Some use, however, has been made of the chapters on Vector Analysis in Mr. Oliver Heaviside's ''Electromagnetic Theory'' (Electrician Series, 1893) and in Professor F&ouml;ppl's lectures on ''Die Maxwell'sche Theorie der Electricit&auml;t'' (Teubner, 1894).&#8239;....

Notwithstanding the efforts which have been made during more than half a century to introduce Quaternions into physics the fact remains that they have not found wide favor.{{efn|A ''quaternion''&#8202; is a mathematical object invented by [[w:William Rowan Hamilton|William Rowan Hamilton]] in 1843, consisting of two parts which Hamilton later called the scalar part and the vector part. For most purposes the two parts were found to be more useful separately than together. By putting them together, however, Hamilton constructed a set which satisfied all the algebraic field axioms except commutativity of multiplication. This was, and is, considered a triumph.}} On the other hand there has been a growing tendency especially in the last decade toward the adoption of some form of Vector Analysis. The works of Heaviside and F&ouml;ppl referred to before may be cited in evidence. As yet however no system of Vector Analysis which makes any claim to completeness has been published. In fact Heaviside says: "I am in hopes that the chapter which I now finish may serve as a stopgap till regular vectorial treatises come to be written suitable for physicists, based upon the vectorial treatment of vectors" (''Electromagnetic Theory'', Vol.&#8239;{{serif|I}}., p.&#8239;305). Elsewhere in the same chapter Heaviside has set forth the claims of vector analysis as against Quaternions, and others have expressed similar views.<ref>[[#wilson-1901|Wilson, 1901]], pp.&#8239;ix,&#8239;xi–xii.</ref>
</blockquote>

Most damaging to Tai's thesis, however, is Gibbs's original pamphlet, a copy of which Heaviside received from Gibbs himself in June 1888.<ref>[[#gibbs-1881-4|Gibbs, 1881–84]], privately printed version&mdash;of which the scan linked in our bibliography is of the very copy that Gibbs sent to Heaviside, with annotations in Heaviside's hand. On the annotations see [[#rocci-20|Rocci, 2020]].</ref> Sections 62 to 65 of the pamphlet appear under the heading
<blockquote style="text-align: center">{{math|&nabla;,}} {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''&#8202;,}} ''and''&#8202; {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8239; ''applied to Functions of Functions of Position''.
</blockquote>In &sect;&#8239;62, Gibbs says that a constant scalar factor after such an operator may be placed before it (that is, taken outside the operator). {{nowrap|In &sect;&#8239;63}} he states our rule ({{EquationNote|73g}}) for the gradient of a function of a scalar field. His next section (in which I have bolded the vector field{{math| '''&omega;'''}}) is worth quoting in full:
<blockquote>64.  If {{mvar|u}} or {{math|'''&omega;'''}} is a function of several scalar or vector variables, which are themselves functions of the position of a single point, the value of&#8202; {{math|&nabla;''u''}} or {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;&#8239;&omega;'''}}&#8202; or {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;&#8202;'''&omega;'''}}&#8202; will be equal to the sum of the values obtained by making successively all but each one of these variables constant.
</blockquote>
This proposition is a ''generalized product rule'' in the sense that the "function of several scalar or vector variables" may be, but is not restricted to, any sort of product of those variables. Gibbs continues:
<blockquote>65.  By the use of this principle, we easily derive the following identical equations:
</blockquote>
Six "equations" follow. The first says that the gradient operation is distributive over addition, and the second says the same of the divergence and curl (on one line). The last four are our identities ({{EquationNote|69}}), ({{EquationNote|71d}}), ({{EquationNote|71c}}), and ({{EquationNote|67d}}), in that order (albeit with different symbols). Gibbs then remarks (with my italics):
<blockquote>The student will observe an analogy between these equations and the formul&aelig; of ''multiplication''. (In the last four equations the analogy appears most distinctly when we regard all the factors but one as constant.) Some of the more curious features of this analogy are due to the fact that the {{math|&nabla;}} contains implicitly the vectors {{math|'''i'''&#8202;,}} {{math|'''j'''&#8202;,}} and {{math|'''k'''&#8202;,}} which are to be ''multiplied''&#8202; into the following quantities.
</blockquote>
Indeed, if the ''first''&#8202; factor is constant, identities ({{EquationNote|69}}), ({{EquationNote|71d}}), ({{EquationNote|71c}}), and ({{EquationNote|67d}}) become
:<math>\begin{align}
    \nabla(p\varphi) &= p\;\!\nabla\varphi \\
    \nabla\cdot p\mathbf{b} &= p\,\nabla{\cdot}~\!\mathbf{b} \\
    \nabla\times p\mathbf{b} &= p\,\nabla{\times}~\!\mathbf{b} \\
    \nabla\cdot(\mathbf{a}\!\times\!\mathbf{b})
    &= -\mathbf{a}\cdot\nabla{\times}~\!\mathbf{b} \,,
  \end{align}</math>
whereas if the ''second''&#8202; factor is constant, they become respectively
:<math>\begin{align}
    \nabla(p\varphi) &= \varphi\;\!\nabla p \\
    \nabla\cdot p\mathbf{b} &= \nabla p \cdot \mathbf{b} \\
    \nabla\times p\mathbf{b} &= \nabla p \times \mathbf{b} \\
    \nabla\cdot(\mathbf{a}\!\times\!\mathbf{b})
    &= \nabla{\times}~\!\mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{b} \,.
  \end{align}</math>
All eight equations look like rearrangements of ''products'' involving a vector{{math| &nabla;}}.&#8201; [Concerning the last ''three'' equations, we have made that observation before; see ({{EquationNote|15}}) above.]&#8201; But only seven of the eight are explained by taking the constant outside the operator ({{nowrap|as in &sect;&#8239;62}}); the exception is the fourth, in which the minus sign is not explained by that step alone, but ''is'' explained by the change in the cyclic order of the formal triple product. And if we add the two right-hand sides corresponding to each of the four left-hand sides, we get the identities in which both factors are variable&mdash;as claimed {{nowrap|in &sect;&#8239;64}}.

If &sect;&#8239;65 leaves any doubt that Gibbs approved of formal products with the symbolic vector{{math| &nabla;}} (albeit without using those terms), this is dispelled {{nowrap|by &sect;&#8202;166}}, where he writes:
<blockquote>166.&#8201; To the equations in No.&#8239;65 may be added many others&hellip;
</blockquote>
followed by a list of seven identities terminated by "etc." Six of the seven are beyond the scope of the present paper,{{efn|They involve ''dyadics'', i.e. 2nd-order tensors written in a vector-friendly notation. The fourth of the seven is
:{{math|&nabla;('''&tau;&#11825;&#8202;&omega;''') {{=}} &nabla;'''&tau;&#8239;&#11825;&#8201;&omega;''' + &nabla;'''&omega;&#8201;&#11825;&#8201;&tau;'''&#8239;,}}
which is our ({{EquationNote|68}}) expressed in terms of the dyadics {{math|&nabla;'''&tau;'''}} and{{math| &nabla;'''&omega;'''&#8202;}}; the right-hand side is not to be confused with
:{{math|('''&omega;&#8202;&#11825;'''&nabla;)'''&tau;''' + '''(&tau;&#11825;'''&nabla;)'''&omega;'''&#8239;,}}
which would contradict our ({{EquationNote|68}}).}} while the third of the seven is our ({{EquationNote|67c}}). After the list comes the smoking gun ({{nowrap|&sect;&#8202;166, continued}}):
<blockquote>The principle in all these cases is that if we have one of the operators&#8202; {{math|&nabla;,}} {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''&#8202;,}} {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8239; prefixed to a ''product'' of any kind, and we make any transformation of the expression which would be allowable if the {{math|&nabla;}} were a ''vector'', (viz: by changes in the order of the ''factors'', in the signs of ''multiplication'', in the parentheses written or implied, etc.,) by which changes the {{math|&nabla;}} is brought into connection with one particular factor, the expression thus transformed will represent the part of the value of the original expression which results from the variation of that factor.
</blockquote>
The italics are mine, but I have refrained from italicizing those instances of the word "factor" which are not applicable to{{math| &nabla;}}. In particular, at the stage when "the {{math|&nabla;}} is brought into connection with one particular factor," the "part of the value&hellip; which results from the variation of that factor" evidently means the term of the sum {{nowrap|in &sect;&#8239;64}}&#8202;&mdash;which, as we have noted, amounts to a generalized product rule. But, according to the stated "principle', we reach that stage by treating{{math| &nabla;}} as a factor. I rest my case.

<br />

Wilson ([[#wilson-1901|1901]], p.&#8239;157) gives a comprehensive list of sum and product rules for the gradient, divergence, and curl, and properly states (p.&#8239;158) that the rules may be proven "most naturally" from Gibbs's definitions of the operators&mdash;our equations ({{EquationNote|58g}}), ({{EquationNote|60d}}), and ({{EquationNote|59c}}). Understandably, Wilson uses a {{math|&sum;}} sign rather than implicit summation. Less understandably, and less fortunately, he does not sum over a numerical index; e.g., he defines the curl operator as
:{{big|<math>\nabla\times
    \,=\, \textstyle\sum\,\mathbf{i}~\!\!\times\!\frac{\part}{\part x}
          \qquad\quad
  </math>[sic]}}
and explains that "The summation extends over {{math|''x'',&#8239;''y'',&#8239;''z''}}."&#8201; With these definitions he proves our identities ({{EquationNote|71c}}) and ({{EquationNote|68}}) essentially as we have done, but inevitably with greater difficulty, which may explain why he then says "The other formul&aelig; are demonstrated in a similar manner" before reverting to Gibbs's strategy of varying one factor at a time. He announces (p.&#8239;159) that the variable held constant will be written as a subscript after the product, and he combines this notation with his {{math|&sum;}} notation in a rigorous proof that varying one factor at a time is valid for our ({{EquationNote|68}}), i.e. the gradient of a dot-product. Noting that this result is analogous to
:<math>d(\mathbf{u}\cdot\mathbf{v})
    = \mathbf{u}\cdot d\mathbf{v} + d\mathbf{u}\cdot\mathbf{v} \,,
  </math>
he then jumps to the conclusion that varying one factor at a time is valid for ''all''&#8202; of his product rules&mdash;notwithstanding that a small change in a vector is not related to its divergence or curl as a small change in a scalar is related to its gradient.

That ''per saltum''&#8202; conclusion is his cue to go formal and symbolic. To obtain the curl of a cross-product [as in our ({{EquationNote|67c}})], he "formally" expands a vector triple product to obtain the curl when the first factor is constant, states the curl when the second factor is held constant, and adds the two partial curls ([[#wilson-1901|Wilson, 1901]], p.&#8239;161). Next he gives various arrangements of our ({{EquationNote|8q}}), except that he presents the first vector not as strictly uniform, but as merely ''held'' constant for the gradient operation. He states in passing that a proof may be effected by "expanding in terms of&#8202; {{math|'''i'''&#8202;,&#8239;'''j''',&#8239;'''k'''}}"; but instead of such a proof, he offers a "method of remembering the result" by expanding the "product"&#8239; {{math|'''u'''&#8239;&times;&#8239;(&nabla;&#8239;&times;&#8239;'''v''')}}&#8202; "formally as if&#8202; {{math|&nabla;,&#8239;'''u'''&#8202;,&#8202;'''v'''}}&#8202; were all real vectors" (pp.&#8239;161–2). Concerning the curl of the gradient, and the divergence of the curl (pp.&#8239;167,&#8239;168), he recommends expanding in terms of&#8202; {{math|'''i'''&#8202;,&#8239;'''j''',&#8239;'''k'''&#8202;,}}&#8239; but does not elaborate. Concerning the curl of the curl, however, he shows what would happen if it were "expanded formally according to the law of the triple vector product" (p.&#8239;169).

In defense of the "formal product" method, we should note that the operators {{math|''&part;<sub>x</sub>''&#8202;,}} {{math|''&part;<sub>y</sub>''&#8202;,}} and {{math|''&part;<sub>z</sub>''&#8202;}} are ''linear'', so that they are distributive over addition and may be permuted with multiplication by a constant, as if the operators themselves were multipliers (like components of vectors). They may be similarly permuted with other like operators&mdash;explaining why the formal-product method correctly deals with the curl of the gradient, the divergence of the curl, and the curl of the curl. But such an operator ''cannot'' be permuted with multiplication by a ''variable'', because then the product rule of differentiation applies, yielding an extra term. The formal-product system responds to this difficulty by generalizing the product rule as in &sect;&sect;&#8239;64 &amp;&#8239;166 of Gibbs ([[#gibbs-1881-4|1881–84]]). As Borisenko &amp; Tarapov put it ([[#borisenko-tarapov-68|1968]], p.&#8239;169),
<blockquote>the operator {{math|&nabla;}} acts on each factor separately with the other held fixed. Thus {{math|&nabla;}} should be written after any factor regarded as a constant in a given term and before any factor regarded as variable.
</blockquote>
In this they differ inconsequentially from Gibbs, who requires that the operator be "brought into connection" with the factor considered variable.

To illustrate, let us find the gradient of a dot-product, essentially in the manner of Borisenko &amp; Tarapov ([[#borisenko-tarapov-68|1968]], p.&#8239;180), quoted by Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], p.&#8239;46; the next five equation numbers are Tai's). In this case the generalized product rule gives
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla(\mathbf{A ~\!\!\cdot B})
    = \nabla(\mathbf{A}_c {\cdot}~\!\mathbf{B}) +
      \nabla(\mathbf{A} ~\!\!\cdot \mathbf{B}_c) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|7.26}}}}
where the subscript {{mvar|c}} marks the factor held ''constant'' during the differentiation. In Wilson's notation, this equation would be written
:{{midsize|<math>\nabla(\mathbf{A ~\!\!\cdot B})
    = \nabla(\mathbf{A ~\!\!\cdot B})_{\mathbf{A}} +
      \nabla(\mathbf{A ~\!\!\cdot B})_{\mathbf{B}} \,,
  </math>}}
where a trailing subscript indicates which factor is held constant.&#8201; In the ''Feynman'' subscript notation, the subscript is attached to the {{math|&nabla;}} operator and indicates which factor is allowed to ''vary'', so that the same equation would be written
:{{midsize|<math>\nabla(\mathbf{A ~\!\!\cdot B})
    = \nabla_{\mathbf{B}}(\mathbf{A ~\!\!\cdot B}) +
      \nabla_{\!\mathbf{A}}(\mathbf{A ~\!\!\cdot B}) \,.
  </math>}}
But, as we are discussing Borisenko &amp; Tarapov, we press on with ({{EquationNote|7.26}}).&#8201; By the algebraic identity
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{c}(\mathbf{a\cdot b})
    \,=\, (\mathbf{a\cdot c})\mathbf{b}
    \,-\, \mathbf{a}\times(\mathbf{b}\times\mathbf{c}) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|7.27}}}}
i.e.
:<math>\mathbf{c}(\mathbf{a\cdot b})
    \,=\, (\mathbf{a\cdot c})\mathbf{b}
    \,+\, \mathbf{a}\times(\mathbf{c}\times\mathbf{b}) \,,
  </math>
we can say
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla(\mathbf{A}_c {\cdot}~\!\mathbf{B})
    \,=\, (\mathbf{A}_c {\cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{B}
    \,+\, \mathbf{A}_c\times(\nabla\times\mathbf{B}) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|7.28}}}}
Similarly,<ref>In the next equation as printed in Borisenko &amp; Tarapov ([[#borisenko-tarapov-68|1968]], p.&#8239;180), the first cross should be "&equals;"; Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], p.&#8239;46) corrects it.</ref>
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla(\mathbf{B}_c {\cdot}~\!\mathbf{A})
    \,=\, (\mathbf{B}_c {\cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{A}
    \,+\, \mathbf{B}_c\times(\nabla\times\mathbf{A}) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|7.29}}}}
Substituting ({{EquationNote|7.28}}) and ({{EquationNote|7.29}}) into ({{EquationNote|7.26}}), in which the order of the dot-products is immaterial, and dropping the {{mvar|c }}subscripts (because they are now outside the differentiations), we get the correct result
{{NumBlk|:|{{midsize|<math>\nabla(\mathbf{A{\cdot}B})
    =     (\mathbf{A}{\cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{B}
      +   (\mathbf{B}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{A}
      +   \mathbf{A}{\times}(\nabla{\times}\mathbf{B})
      +   \mathbf{B}{\times}(\nabla{\times}\mathbf{A}) \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|7.30}}}}
corresponding to our ({{EquationNote|68}}).

Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], p.&#8239;47) is unimpressed, asking why we cannot apply ({{EquationNote|7.27}}) directly to the left side of ({{EquationNote|7.26}}). The answer to that is obvious: on the left side, the {{math|&nabla;}} operator is applied to a product of ''two variables'', and the variations of ''both'' must be taken into account. But there is a harder question which Tai does not ask: in ({{EquationNote|7.28}}), why can't we have {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;A'''<sub>c</sub>}} instead of{{math| '''A'''<sub>c</sub>'''&#11825;'''&nabla;}}&#8239;? (Or, in terms of Feynman subscripts, why can't we have {{math|&nabla;'''<sub>B</sub>&#8202;&#11825;&#8202;A'''}} instead of{{math| '''A&#11825;'''&nabla;<sub>'''B'''</sub>}}?) Because that would make the term vanish? Yes, it would; but, as there is only one variable factor on the left side, why do we need two terms on the right? Because the rule says {{math|&nabla;}} should be written after the constant but before the variable? Yes, but that rule serves the purpose of varying ''each'' variable, whereas there is only one variable to vary on the left of ({{EquationNote|7.28}}). The same issue arises in ({{EquationNote|7.29}}). We cannot settle the question even by appealing to symmetry. Obviously the right side of ({{EquationNote|7.30}}), like the left, must be unchanged if we switch {{math|'''A'''}} and {{math|'''B'''}}; and indeed it is. But if the first term on the right of ({{EquationNote|7.28}}) and of ({{EquationNote|7.29}}) were to vanish, the necessary symmetry of ({{EquationNote|7.30}}) would be maintained. And unless I'm missing something, Tai's "symbolic vector" method does not circumvent the problem; Tai's "Lemma 2" ([[#tai-95|1995]], p.&#8239;53) is the Gibbs&#10744;Wilson method of "varying one factor at a time", written with Feynman subscripts attached to the symbolic vector instead of the del operator.{{efn|I don't overlook the fact that Tai's symbolic vector, unlike the del operator, is subject to commutative and anticommutative laws. Neither do I see how it helps.}}

For another example of the same issue, consider the following two-liner offered by Panofsky &amp; Phillips ([[#panofsky-phillips-62|1962]], pp.&#8239;470–71) and rightly pilloried by Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], pp.&#8239;47–8):
:<math>\begin{align}
  &   \nabla{\times}(\mathbf{A}{\times}\mathbf{B})
   =  (\nabla{\cdot}\;\!\mathbf{B})\mathbf{A}
    - (\nabla{\cdot}    \mathbf{A})\mathbf{B}               &&[\mathsf{sic}] \\
  &=  (\nabla{\cdot}\;\!\mathbf{B}_c ~\!\!)\mathbf{A}
    + (\nabla{\cdot}\;\!\mathbf{B}~\!\!)\mathbf{A}_c ~\!\!
    - (\nabla\mathbf{\cdot A}_c ~\!\!)\mathbf{B}
    - (\nabla\mathbf{\cdot A}~\!\!)\mathbf{B}_c \!\!\!\!\!\!\!&&[\mathsf{sic}].
  \end{align}</math>
If the first line were right, the authors would hardly bother to continue; but evidently it isn't, because it doesn't begin by "varying one factor at a time". The second line does not follow from the first and includes divergences of constants, which ought to vanish but somehow apparently do not. Let's try again, this time sticking to the rules:
:<math>\begin{align}
  & \nabla\!\times\!(\mathbf{A}\!\times\!\mathbf{B})
  \,=\,   \nabla\!\times\!(\mathbf{A}_c \!\times\!\mathbf{B})
    \,+\, \nabla\!\times\!(\mathbf{A}\!\times\!\mathbf{B}_c) \\
  &~=\,   (\nabla{\cdot}\;\!\mathbf{B})\mathbf{A}_c
        - (\mathbf{A}_c {\cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{B}
    \,+\, (\mathbf{B}_c {\cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{A}
        - (\nabla{\cdot}    \mathbf{A})\mathbf{B}_c \\
  &~=\,   \mathbf{A}(\nabla{\cdot}\;\!\mathbf{B})
        - \mathbf{B}(\nabla{\cdot}    \mathbf{A})
    \,+\, (\mathbf{B\;\!\cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{A}
        - (\mathbf{A    \cdot}\nabla)\mathbf{B} \,,
  \end{align}</math>
in agreement with our ({{EquationNote|67c}}). Here the first line comes from the generalized product rule, and the third is obtained from the second by rearranging terms and dropping the (now redundant) subscripts. The interesting line is the second, which is obtained from the first by expanding the formal vector triple products. But again, why must we have {{math|'''A'''<sub>c</sub>'''&#11825;'''&nabla;}} and {{math|'''B'''<sub>c</sub>'''&#11825;'''&nabla;,}} instead of {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;A'''<sub>c</sub>}} and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;B'''<sub>c</sub>&#8202;,}} which would make the middle two terms vanish? Again symmetry does not give an answer. The right-hand side, like the left, must change sign if we switch {{math|'''A'''}} and {{math|'''B'''&#8202;}}; but the disappearance of the {{math|'''A'''<sub>c</sub>'''&#11825;'''&nabla;}} and {{math|'''B'''<sub>c</sub>'''&#11825;'''&nabla;}} terms would maintain the required (anti)symmetry. Funnily enough, the result would then agree with the incorrect first line given by Panofsky &amp; Phillips (above). But then how would we know that it is incorrect?

The foregoing examples show that "formal product" arguments can be tenuous, even on their own terms. Before these examples, we might have been troubled by the omission of a general proof of the "generalized" product rule. After them, we might wonder whether the rule is even well defined.

I submit, however, that none of this matters. I submit that the popularity of using "formal products" with the del operator, in derivations of vector-analytic identities, is a reaction to the failure of early writers to use indicial notation in the Cartesian definitions of differential operators.{{efn|Indicial notation is standard in higher-order tensor analysis, which however tends not to use unit vectors of coordinate systems, and therefore tends not to encourage the indexing of unit vectors in elementary vector analysis&mdash;whereas in the present paper, I have unapologetically indexed the unit vectors.}} The ensuing proliferation of terms in coordinate-based derivations led authors to seek shortcuts through "formal products" when more rigorous but no-less convenient shortcuts could have been taken through indicial notation, especially in combination with implicit summation. Our derivation of the gradient of a dot-product ({{EquationNote|68}}) is shorter than that of Borisenko &amp; Tarapov, and even uses the right-hand sides of their identities ({{EquationNote|7.28}}) and ({{EquationNote|7.29}}), but obtains them rigorously with no ambiguity and no {{mvar|c }}subscripts. Our derivation of the curl of a cross-product ({{EquationNote|67c}}) takes six lines with a single column of "&equals;" signs. Our subsequent formal-product derivation (not to be confused with the attempt of Panofsky &amp; Phillips) seems to take only three lines; but it is only through our earlier indicial derivation that we have any confidence in our result (not to be confused with the result of Panofsky &amp; Phillips). Our other indicial derivations of identities are mostly shorter than the two just mentioned. Having amassed so comprehensive a collection of identities so rigorously with so little effort, I submit that the use of formal products, Wilson subscripts, {{mvar|c }}subscripts, and Feynman subscripts for this purpose is a historical aberration, to be deciphered in other people's writings but avoided in one's own.

That being said, it is one thing to conclude, as Tai duly does, that the del-cross and del-dot notations should not be interpreted as products in derivations and proofs, and another thing to allege, as Tai also does ([[#tai-95|1995]], p.&#8239;22), that&#8202; {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; are "not compound operators" but only "assemblies", or in other words that "{{math|&#8202;&nabla; }}is not a constituent of the divergence operator nor of the curl operator." Against the latter proposition, our equations ({{EquationNote|14}}), ({{EquationNote|61o}}), and ({{EquationNote|62o}}) have been ''derived'', not merely defined, and our derivation of ({{EquationNote|14}}) is as general as we could wish. Moreover, whereas ({{EquationNote|61o}}) and ({{EquationNote|62o}}) are for Cartesian coordinates, we shall see that they have counterparts in more general coordinates.

== General coordinates ==

From our initial definitions of the differential operators, we derived certain identities, from which we derived expressions for the operators in Cartesian coordinates, from which we derived a comprehensive collection of identities, two of which (the multivariate chain rule, and the curl of the product of a scalar and a vector) will now be useful for expressing the operators in other coordinate systems. Cartesian coordinates are traditionally called {{math|''x'',&#8239;''y'',&#8239;''z'',}}&#8201; which we renamed {{mvar|x<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; where&#8202; {{math|''i''&#8201;{{=}}&#8239;1,&#8202;2,&#8202;3&#8202;,}}&#8201; respectively. The best-known 3D ''non''&#8202;-Cartesian coordinate systems are the cylindrical coordinates {{math|(''&rho;'',&#8239;''&phi;'',&#8239;''z'')}} and the spherical coordinates {{math|(''r'',&#8239;''&theta;'',&#8239;''&phi;'')}}; we have already seen {{mvar|r}}&#8202; in the guise of the magnitude of the position vector{{math| '''r'''}}.&#8201; But now we want our coordinate system to be as general as possible&mdash;with the Cartesian, cylindrical, and spherical systems and many others, and even ''classes'' of systems, as special cases.

=== Natural and dual basis vectors ===

We shall call our general coordinates {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}}&#8202; where&#8202; {{math|''i''&#8201;{{=}}&#8239;1,&#8202;2,&#8202;3&#8202;}};&#8201; yes, for reasons which will emerge, we shall write the coordinate index as a {{nowrap|''super''&#8202;script}}. But we shall write {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; for{{math| ''{{sfrac|&part;|&part;u<sup>i</sup>&#8202;}}''&#8202;,}}&#8202; relying on context to distinguish it from the special case{{mvar| {{sfrac|&part;|&part;x<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202;}}.&#8201; By describing the {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}}&#8202; as ''coordinates''&#8239; we mean two things. First, for some domain of interest, the position vector is a smooth function
:<math>\mathbf{r} = \mathbf{r}(u^1,u^2,u^3) \,,</math>
which possesses partial derivatives w.r.t. its arguments. Second, for every position vector in the resulting range, there is only one ordered triplet&#8239; {{math|(''u<sup>i</sup>''&#8202;)&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;(''u''&sup1;,&#8239;''u''&sup2;,&#8239;''u''&sup3;),}}&#8239; so that we can think of each coordinate as
:{{big|<math>u^i = u^i(\mathbf{r}) \,;</math>}}
&mdash;that is, we can think of each {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}}&#8202; as a scalar field, which possesses a gradient.{{efn|Hence we want each {{math|''u<sup>i</sup>''('''r''')}} to be, as far as possible, a ''smooth'' function. This may require some tweaking of definitions. E.g., in cylindrical coordinates, the angular coordinate {{mvar|&phi;}} must be confined to some 360&deg; range in order to make it unique, and we don't want it jumping from the end of the range to the beginning within the region of interest.}} (I say "think of" because {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}}, being obviously dependent on a coordinate system, would not normally be considered a true scalar; but sometimes we need to treat the coordinate system itself as an object under study.)

These two properties of coordinates respectively suggest two simple ways of choosing basis vectors related to the coordinates: we shall define the '''natural basis''' vectors as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_i := \part_i \mathbf{r} \,,
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|80a}}}}
and the '''dual basis''' vectors as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}^i := \nabla u^i .
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|80b}}}}
(We could ''normalize'' the natural basis vectors by dividing them by their magnitudes to obtain unit vectors; but, for the moment, we won't bother.) Just as we may think of each {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}} as a scalar field and inquire after its directional derivative or its gradient or its Laplacian, so we may think of each {{math|'''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} or{{math| '''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>}} as a vector field and inquire after its directional derivative or its curl or its divergence or its Laplacian. (That the curl of{{math|&#8202; '''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>}}&#8202; is zero&#8239; will be especially useful.)

In Cartesian coordinates,&#8201; {{math|'''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} and {{math|'''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>}} are both equal to the unit vector{{math| '''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8239;}}; thus, in Cartesian coordinates, the natural basis vectors are their own duals.&#8201; In ''general'' coordinates,&#8201; {{math|'''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} and {{math|'''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>}} may differ in both direction and magnitude and are not generally unit vectors. Nevertheless, even in general coordinates, there is a simple relation between the natural and dual basis vectors. Consider the dot-product
:{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_i \cdot \mathbf{h}^j
    = \part_i\mathbf{r} \cdot \nabla u^j \,.
  </math>}}
If{{math|&#8202; ''i&#8239;&ne;&#8239;j''&#8202;,}} then {{math|''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;'''r'''&#8202;,}} being in a direction in which {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}} varies while each other {{mvar|u&#8239;<sup>j</sup>}} does not, is tangential to a surface of constant {{mvar|u&#8239;<sup>j</sup>}} and therefore normal to {{math|&nabla;''u&#8239;<sup>j</sup>'',}} so that the dot-product is zero. But by ({{EquationNote|26g}}),
:{{big|<math>
    du^i = \nabla u^i \cdot d\mathbf{r} \,;
  </math>}}
and if we vary {{math|'''r'''}} by varying {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}} while holding each other {{mvar|u&#8239;<sup>j</sup>}} constant, we can divide by {{mvar|du<sup>i</sup>}} and obtain
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    1 ~\!= \nabla u^i \cdot \part_i\mathbf{r}
      = \mathbf{h}^i \!\cdot \mathbf{h}_i
  \qquad</math>}}[with no summation].|{{EquationRef|81i}}}}
Putting the two cases together, we have
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_i \cdot \mathbf{h}^j =~\! \delta_i^j
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|81}}}}
where the right-hand function, known as the '''Kronecker delta''' function, is defined by
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\delta_i^j = \delta_{ij} = \delta^{ij}
  =~</math>}}<math>\begin{cases}
    0 &\mathsf{if}~\, i \neq j \\
    1 &\mathsf{if}~\, i = j \,.
  \end{cases}</math>|{{EquationRef|82}}}}
Obviously the function is symmetric: the indices {{mvar|i }}and{{mvar| j}}&#8202; can be interchanged. If two lists of vectors are related so that the dot-product of the {{mvar|i&#8202;}}th vector in one list and the {{mvar|j&#8202;}}th in the other is{{mvar| &delta;<sub>ij</sub>&#8202;}}, the two lists are described as '''reciprocal'''. Thus the triplets {{math|('''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>)}} and {{math|('''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>)}} are '''reciprocal bases''': the dual basis is the reciprocal of the natural basis and vice versa. Hence, taking the natural basis as a reference, the dual basis is sometimes called "the" reciprocal basis.

In Cartesian coordinates, ({{EquationNote|81}}) becomes
:{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{e}_i ~\!\!\cdot \mathbf{e}_j =~\! \delta_{ij} \,.
  </math>}}
So we have a relation for general coordinates ({{EquationNote|81}}) which is just as simple as its special case for Cartesian coordinates, ''provided that we use the natural basis for one factor and the dual basis for the other''. This will be a recurring pattern.

We have deduced the reciprocity relation ({{EquationNote|81}}) from prior definitions of the natural basis {{math|('''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>)}} and the dual basis {{math|('''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>)}}.&#8201; This result has a partial converse, in that a reciprocity relation between bases is enough to define either basis in terms of the other&mdash;as we shall see later. But first we proceed to components of vector fields.

=== Contravariant and covariant components ===

A '''coordinate grid''' is a set of intersecting curves such that on each curve, one coordinate varies while the others are constant. If we could embed such a grid in an elastic medium, and then stretch and rotate the medium, the natural basis vectors{{math| '''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} given by ({{EquationNote|80a}}) would stretch and rotate ''with the medium'' and ''with the grid''. Accordingly, the ''natural'' basis is also called the '''covariant''' basis. But according to ({{EquationNote|81}}), the dot-product of a natural basis vector and a dual basis vector is '''invariant''' (independent of the coordinate system), so that the variation of one factor ''compensates''&#8202; for the variation of the other. So, as the natural basis is "covariant" with the coordinate grid, we say that the dual basis is '''contravariant'''. Notice that the {{nowrap|''co''&#8202;variant}} factor has a {{nowrap|''sub''&#8202;script}} index (easily remembered because "''co''&#8202; rhymes with ''low''&#8239;") whereas the {{nowrap|''contra''&#8202;variant}} factor has a {{nowrap|''super''&#8202;script}} index, and that one kind of variation must combine with the other in order to produce an {{nowrap|''in''&#8202;variant}} result; these will be recurring patterns.

A vector field {{math|'''q'''}} may be expressed in components w.r.t. the natural (covariant) basis as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q} = q^i \mathbf{h}_i
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|83a}}}}
with summation, or in components w.r.t. the dual (contravariant) basis as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q} = q_i \mathbf{h}^i
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|83b}}}}
with summation. If{{math| '''q'''}} is to be invariant (a true vector, existing independently of the coordinate system), the components must be contravariant in the former case and covariant in the latter, and accordingly are written with superscripts and subscripts respectively. In Cartesian coordinates, the two bases are the same, so that the components w.r.t. the two bases are also the same; that's why, in the above section on Cartesian coordinates, we got away with writing component indices as subscripts. In ''general'' coordinates, however, the basis vectors have subscripts and the components have superscripts or vice versa, so that ''the index of implicit summation appears once as a superscript and once as a subscript''.

Taking dot-products of ({{EquationNote|83a}}) with{{math| '''h'''&#8239;<sup>''j''</sup>}}, applying ({{EquationNote|81}}), and noting that only one term on the right is non-zero, we obtain
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
     q^j =~\! \mathbf{q} \cdot \mathbf{h}^j .
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|83c}}}}
Similarly, taking dot-products of ({{EquationNote|83b}}) with{{math| '''h'''<sub>''j''</sub>}} yields
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
     q_j =~\! \mathbf{q} \cdot \mathbf{h}_j \,.
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|83d}}}}
These results depend on the reciprocity relation ({{EquationNote|81}}) but not on the earlier definitions of the bases to which that relation applies. They say:
* to find the contravariant components of a vector, take its dot-products with the contravariant basis vectors, and
* to find the covariant components of a vector, take its dot-products with the covariant basis vectors;
''or'', in terms of the bases themselves:
* to find the components of a vector w.r.t. either basis, take dot-products of that vector with the ''other'' basis.

If a particular {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}} has a particular name, such as{{mvar| &theta;}} or{{mvar| &phi;}}, then, if we're not using indexed summation, we may find it convenient to write that name in place of the index{{mvar| i}}&#8202; in the superscript or subscript.

At the present level of generality, the basis vectors {{math|'''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8239;,}} unlike their Cartesian counterparts {{math|'''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8239;,}} are ''not''&#8202; assumed to be uniform (i.e., '''homogeneous'''). One consequence of this general non-uniformity (inhomogeneity) is that, although we can say&#8239; {{math|'''r'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''x<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;'''e'''<sub>''i''</sub>}}&#8239; in Cartesian coordinates and&#8239; {{math|'''q'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''q<sup>i</sup>''&#8239;'''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>}}&#8239; in general coordinates, we ''cannot'' say
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{r} = u^i \mathbf{h}_i \qquad</math>[''sic!''&#8239;]}}
in general coordinates. For example, we have seen that in spherical coordinates the position vector {{math|'''r'''}} is simply {{math|''r''&#8202;'''r'''&#8202;&#770;&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;''r''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''r''</sub>&#8239;}};&#8202; it is ''not''&#8201; {{math|''r''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''r''</sub>&#8202;+&#8202;''&theta;''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''&theta;''</sub>&#8202;+&#8202;''&phi;''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''&phi;''</sub>&#8202;,}} because {{mvar|&theta;}} and {{mvar|&phi;}} are encoded in the direction of{{math|&#8202; '''h'''<sub>''r''</sub>&#8202;}}.&#8201; Similarly, in cylindrical coordinates the position vector {{math|'''r'''}} is {{math|''&rho;''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''&rho;''</sub>&#8202;+&#8239;''z''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''z''</sub>&#8239;}};&#8202; it is ''not''&#8201; {{math|''&rho;''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''&rho;''</sub>&#8202;+&#8202;''&phi;''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''&phi;''</sub>&#8202;+&#8239;''z''&#8202;'''h'''<sub>''z''</sub>&#8202;,}} because {{mvar|&phi;}} is encoded in the direction of{{math|&#8202; '''h'''<sub>''&rho;''</sub>&#8202;}}.&#8201; In both examples, encoding one coordinate in the direction of another coordinate's unit vector is circular in that the said direction depends on the position vector, which is the very thing that we want to represent.

A non-uniform basis is not a ''global''&#8202; basis. It cannot give a uniform representation of a uniform vector field, because the standard of representation changes; it is like having a compass whose orientation varies from place to place and&#10744;or a measuring stick whose length varies from place to place. But it can serve as a '''local basis'''&#8202;&mdash;as in ({{EquationNote|83a}}) and ({{EquationNote|83b}}), each of which expresses a vector field at a given location in terms of a basis at that location, notwithstanding that the basis may be different at other locations. And although a local basis (as we have just seen) cannot generally represent the position vector in a non-circular manner, it ''can''&#8202; represent a ''change''&#8202; in the position vector. By the generality of the multivariate chain rule ({{EquationNote|75}}),
:{{big|<math>
    \part_t \mathbf{r} = \part_i \mathbf{r} \,\part_t u^i .
  </math>}}
Multiplying by {{mvar|dt&#8239;}} we get
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    d\mathbf{r} = \part_i \mathbf{r} \,du^i
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|84}}}}
or, substituting from ({{EquationNote|80a}}),
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    d\mathbf{r} = \mathbf{h}_i ~\!du^i .
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|85}}}}
Thus the small changes in the coordinates{{mvar| u<sup>i</sup>}}&#8202; are the components of the true vector{{math| ''d'''''r'''}} w.r.t. the ''covariant''&#8202; basis. That means the changes in the coordinates must be ''contravariant''. Here at last is the explanation why we write general coordinates with superscript indices. And again the point is moot for Cartesian coordinates, for which the covariant basis is also contravariant.

Since {{mvar|du<sup>i</sup>}}&#8202; is contravariant,&#8201; {{math|''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;'''r'''}}&#8202; in ({{EquationNote|84}}) must be covariant in order to yield the true vector{{math| ''d'''''r'''}}. This vindicates our decision to write {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}} with a subscript. Recall, however, that {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; means{{math| ''{{sfrac|&part;|&part;u<sup>i</sup>&#8202;}}''&#8202;}}. Thus ''the derivative w.r.t. the contravariant quantity is covariant''&#8202;&mdash;wherefore it is said that ''a superscript in the denominator of a derivative counts as a subscript in the derivative as a whole''.

In ({{EquationNote|85}}), the general term&#8239; {{math|'''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8201;''du<sup>i</sup>''}} (not the sum) is the displacement of{{math|&#8202; '''r'''}} due to the small change {{mvar|du<sup>i</sup>}} in the coordinate {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup>}}. The three such displacements of{{math|&#8202; '''r'''}} make concurrent edges of a parallelepiped whose signed volume is
:<math>
  dV =~\! \mathbf{h}_1~\!du^1 \cdot~\!\mathbf{h}_2~\!du^2
          ~\!\!\times\mathbf{h}_3~\!du^3 \,;
  </math>
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>dV = J \,du^1 du^2 du^3</math>|{{EquationRef|86}}}}
where
:<math>J := \mathbf{h}_1 ~\!\!\cdot \mathbf{h}_2 \!\times~\!\!\mathbf{h}_3</math>
or, to use a standard abbreviation for the scalar triple product,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    J := [~\!\mathbf{h}_1 \mathbf{h}_2 \mathbf{h}_3] \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|87}}}}
{{mvar|J}}&#8202; is called the '''Jacobian''' of the natural (covariant) basis. We describe the basis and the associated coordinate system as '''right-handed''' if this Jacobian is ''positive'', and '''left-handed''' if this Jacobian is ''negative''. Thus the handedness depends on the standard order in which we write the vectors; e.g., the standard Cartesian basis is right-handed because we write it as{{math| ('''i''',&#8202;'''j''','''k''')}} but would be left-handed if we wrote it as{{math| ('''i''','''k''',&#8202;'''j''')}}.

If the covariant basis is indeed a basis, its member vectors must not be coplanar; that is, {{mvar|J }}must not be zero. Hence, if the covariant basis is to be a local basis in some region of interest, {{mvar|J }}must not vanish anywhere in that region, and therefore must have the same sign throughout the region; that is, the handedness of the coordinate system must be the same throughout the region.

=== Properties of reciprocal bases ===

We have noted that formulae ({{EquationNote|83c}}) and ({{EquationNote|83d}}), for the components of a vector w.r.t. the covariant and contravariant bases, depend only on the reciprocity relation ({{EquationNote|81}}) between the bases. Now, retaining the designations "covariant" and "contravariant" for convenience, let us see what else we can deduce from that relation.

Most obviously, the reciprocity relation leads to a simple component-based expression for the dot-product of two vector fields, say {{math|'''v'''}} and{{math| '''q'''&#8202;,}} provided that we use the contravariant components and covariant basis ({{EquationNote|83a}}) for one vector, and the covariant components and contravariant basis ({{EquationNote|83b}}) for the other:
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{q}
    =~\! v^i ~\!\mathbf{h}_i \cdot q_j \mathbf{h}^j
    =~\! v^i \,\mathbf{h}_i \!\cdot\! \mathbf{h}^j \,q_j
    =~\! v^i ~\!\delta_i^j ~\!q_j \,,
  </math>}}
whence selecting the non-zero terms gives
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{q}
    =~\! v^i q_i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|88a}}}}
And the two vectors, being general, can swap roles in ({{EquationNote|83a}}) and ({{EquationNote|83b}}):
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{q}
    =~\! v_i q^i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|88b}}}}

The cross-product needs a bit more preparation. First we define the '''permutation symbol''' {{mvar|&epsiv;<sub>ijk</sub>}} or{{mvar| &epsiv;<sup>ijk</sup>}} (also called the '''[[w:Tullio Levi-Civita|Levi-Civita]]''' symbol) as having the value&#8202; {{math|+1}} if {{math|(''i'',&#8201;''j'',&#8239;''k'')}} is a permutation of{{math| (1,&#8202;2,&#8202;3)}} in the same cyclic order,&#8201; {{math|&minus;1 }}if {{math|(''i'',&#8201;''j'',&#8239;''k'')}} is a permutation of{{math| (1,&#8202;2,&#8202;3)}} in the reverse cyclic order, and {{math|0}} if {{math|(''i'',&#8201;''j'',&#8239;''k'')}} is not a permutation, i.e. if there is at least one repeated index. To put it more formally,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\epsilon_{ijk\!} = \epsilon^{ijk\!} =</math>}}
  {{resize|<math>\begin{cases}
    +1 &\mathsf{if}\,\,(i,j,k)\in\big\{(1,2,3),~\!(2,3,1),~\!(3,1,2)\big\}\\
    -1 &\mathsf{if}\,\,(i,j,k)\in\big\{(3,2,1),~\!(1,3,2),~\!(2,1,3)\big\}\\
    \phantom{-}0 &\mathsf{otherwise}.
  \end{cases}</math>}}|{{EquationRef|89}}}}
Note that because switching any two indices changes the cyclic order, ''switching any two indices changes the sign of the permutation symbol''. Now by ({{EquationNote|81}}),&#8201; {{math|'''h'''<sup>1</sup> }}is perpendicular to both {{math|'''h'''<sub>2</sub> }}and{{math| '''h'''<sub>3</sub>}}. So we can say
:<math>\mathbf{h}_2 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_3 =~\! \alpha_1 ~\!\mathbf{h}^1</math>
where {{math|''&alpha;''<sub>1</sub> }}is a real variable to be determined. Taking dot-products with{{math| '''h'''<sub>1</sub>}} and applying ({{EquationNote|81}}) and ({{EquationNote|87}}), we find that&#8202; {{math|''&alpha;''<sub>1</sub>&#8239;{{=}}&#8239;''J''&#8202;,}} so that
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_2 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_3 =~\! J \mathbf{h}^1 .
  </math>|{{EquationRef|90.1}}}}
By the generality of the vectors we can rotate the three indices, but the sign of the left-hand side changes if we swap the two indices on the left. All six cases are covered by
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_i \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_j
    =~\! J \epsilon_{ijk\,} \mathbf{h}^k .
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|90a}}}}
Here we want only one term; but we need not specify "no sum", because for given {{mvar|i&#8202; }}and{{mvar| j}}&#8201; the permutation symbol leaves only one non-zero term in the sum over{{mvar| k}}. In words, this result says that the cross-product of two covariant basis vectors, with their indices in the standard cyclic order, is the Jacobian times the contravariant basis vector with the omitted index. Similarly, or rather reciprocally,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}^i \!\times\!\mathbf{h}^j
    =~\! J' \epsilon^{ijk\,} \mathbf{h}_k \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|90b}}}}
where {{mvar|J&prime;}}&#8202; is the Jacobian ''of the contravariant basis''.

Equations ({{EquationNote|90a}}) and ({{EquationNote|90b}}), which we have obtained from the reciprocity relation ({{EquationNote|81}}), can be solved for {{math|'''h'''<sup>''k''</sup> }}and{{math| '''h'''<sub>''k''</sub>}} respectively; but now we ''do'' suppress the implicit sum, because {{mvar|k}}&#8202; is "given" instead of {{mvar|i&#8202; }}and{{mvar| j&#8239;}}:
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}^k = \tfrac{\,1\,}{J}~\! \mathbf{h}_i \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_j \quad
  </math>}} [distinct {{math|''i'',&#8201;''j'',&#8239;''k''}}  in cyclic order];
  |{{EquationRef|90c}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_k = \tfrac{1}{\,J'}~\! \mathbf{h}^i \!\times\!\mathbf{h}^j \quad
  </math>}}[distinct {{math|''i'',&#8201;''j'',&#8239;''k''}}  in cyclic order].
  |{{EquationRef|90d}}}}
Thus ''a reciprocity relation between bases is enough to define either basis in terms of the other''&mdash;as claimed above. If it is not convenient to suppress an implicit sum, the last two results can instead be written
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}^k =
      \tfrac{1}{2J}~\!\epsilon^{ijk\,}\mathbf{h}_i {\times}~\!\mathbf{h}_j
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|90e}}}}
and
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_k =
      \tfrac{1}{2J'}~\!\epsilon_{ijk\,}\mathbf{h}^i {\times}~\!\mathbf{h}^j \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|90f}}}}
where the factor 2 in each denominator is needed because the right-hand side has two equal non-zero terms&mdash;the sign of the permutation symbol compensating for the order of the cross-product.

Now we're ready to consider the cross-product of two vector fields. In terms of the covariant basis,
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\mathbf{v} \!\times\! \mathbf{q}
     =~\! v^i \mathbf{h}_i ~\!\!\times q^j \mathbf{h}_j
    &=~\! v^i \,\mathbf{h}_i {\times}~\! \mathbf{h}_j \,q^j \\
    &=~\! v^i J \epsilon_{ijk~\!} \mathbf{h}^k \;\!q^j \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
i.e.,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \!\times\! \mathbf{q}
    =~\! J \epsilon_{ijk\,} v^i q^j \mathbf{h}^k .
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|91a}}}}
On the right, the two components and the basis vector are contravariant, but invariance is achieved by multiplying by the covariant Jacobian (which has three covariant factors). Similarly,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \!\times\! \mathbf{q}
    =~\! J' \epsilon^{ijk} v_i q_j \;\!\mathbf{h}_k .
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|91b}}}}
On the right of ({{EquationNote|91a}}) or ({{EquationNote|91b}}), the implicit triple summation has 27 terms, of which only six&mdash;corresponding to the six possible permutations of the three possible indices&mdash;can be non-zero. Thus the factor following the Jacobian can be recognized as the familiar determinant whose columns (or rows), in cyclic order, are the components of{{math| '''v'''&#8202;,}} the components of{{math| '''q'''&#8202;,}} and the three basis vectors. In Cartesian coordinates, in which the Jacobians are equal to{{math| 1}} and we don't need the co&#10744;contra distinction, both equations reduce to
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \!\times\! \mathbf{q}
    =~\! \epsilon_{ijk\,} v_i q_j \;\!\mathbf{e}_k
  </math>}}
&mdash;a familiar result written in a possibly unfamiliar way.

The Jacobian of the contravariant basis is
:<math>J' =~\! \mathbf{h}^1 \cdot \mathbf{h}^2 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}^3</math>
or, if we substitute from ({{EquationNote|90c}}),
:<math>\begin{align}J'
  &= \frac{(\mathbf{h}_2 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_3)}{J} \cdot
     \frac{(\mathbf{h}_3 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_1)}{J} \times
     \frac{(\mathbf{h}_1 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_2)}{J} \\[.5ex]
  &= \frac{(\mathbf{h}_2 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_3) \cdot
           (\mathbf{h}_3 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_1) \times
           (\mathbf{h}_1 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_2)}
          {J^3} \,.
  \end{align}</math>
In the numerator, the cross-product of cross-products can be read as a vector triple product in which the first factor is a cross-product. Expanding that triple product and noting that one term is a scalar triple product with a repeated factor, we get
:<math>
    J' = \frac{(\mathbf{h}_2 \!\times\!\mathbf{h}_3) \cdot J\mathbf{h}_1}{J^3}
       = \frac{\,J^2}{~J^3 ~\!} = \frac{\,1\,}{J} \,,
  </math>
so that we may write
{{NumBlk|:|<math>J' =~\! J^{-1} </math>|{{EquationRef|92}}}}
in ({{EquationNote|90b}}), ({{EquationNote|90d}}), ({{EquationNote|90f}}), and ({{EquationNote|91b}}). In words, ''the Jacobian of the reciprocal basis is the reciprocal of the Jacobian'' of the original basis. Therefore the two Jacobians have the same sign. Therefore ''a basis is right-handed if and only if its reciprocal is right-handed''. Thus the natural and dual bases of a coordinate system have the same handedness, and the handedness of either may be identified with the handedness of the coordinate system.

=== The gradient, del, and advection operators ===

Let {{mvar|p}}&#8202; be a scalar field, and let{{mvar| s}}&#8202; be arc length in the direction of the unit vector{{math| '''s&#770;'''}}. By the multivariate chain rule ({{EquationNote|75}}),
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\part_s p
    &= \part_i p \;\part_s u^i \\
    &= \part_i p \;\mathbf{\hat{s}} \cdot \nabla u^i \\
    &= \part_i p \;\mathbf{\hat{s}} \cdot \mathbf{h}^i \\
    &=\mathbf{\hat{s}} \cdot \mathbf{h}^i \part_i p \,.
  \end{align}</math>}}
So&#8202; {{math|'''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>''&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;p''}}&#8239; is the vector whose (invariant) scalar component in the direction of any{{math| '''s&#770;'''}} is the directional derivative of{{mvar| p}} in that direction; that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla p = \mathbf{h}^i \part_i p \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|93g}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla =~\! \mathbf{h}^i \part_i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|93o}}}}
Apart from the need to pair a superscript with a subscript, these two results look as simple as their Cartesian special cases ({{EquationNote|58g}}) and ({{EquationNote|58o}}).

If {{mvar|&psi;}}&#8202; is a generic field and {{math|'''q'''}} is a general vector in the direction of the same{{math| '''s'''&#8202;}} then by definition ({{EquationNote|11}}),
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi
    &= |\mathbf{q}| \,\part_s \psi \\
    &= |\mathbf{q}| \,\part_i \psi \,\part_s u^i \\
    &= \part_i \psi \;|\mathbf{q}| ~\!\part_s u^i \\
    &= \part_i \psi \;\mathbf{q} \cdot \nabla u^i \\
    &= \part_i \psi \;\mathbf{q} \cdot \mathbf{h}^i \\
    &= \part_i \psi \;q^j \mathbf{h}_j \cdot \mathbf{h}^i \\
    &= \part_i \psi \;q^j \epsilon_j^i \\
    &= \part_i \psi \,q^i \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
that is,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla\,\psi = q^i \part_i \psi \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|94}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla =~\! q^i \part_i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|94o}}}}
These results likewise look as simple as their Cartesian special cases ({{EquationNote|64}}) and ({{EquationNote|64o}}).&#8201; And by ({{EquationNote|88a}}), the {{math|'''q&#11825;'''&nabla;}} operator again turns out to be the formal dot-product of&#8202; {{math|'''q'''}} and{{math| &nabla;}}.

=== The curl and divergence operators ===

To express the curl of a vector field{{math| '''q'''&#8202;,}} we choose the contravariant basis ({{EquationNote|83b}}) and apply identity ({{EquationNote|71c}}):
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    &= \operatorname{curl} q_j \mathbf{h}^j \\
    &= q_j \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{h}^j + \nabla q_j \times \mathbf{h}^j .
  \end{align}</math>}}
On the right, the first term vanishes because {{math|'''h'''&#8239;<sup>''j''</sup>}}&#8202; is {{math|&nabla;''u&#8239;<sup>j</sup>''}} (and the curl of a gradient is zero). Substituting from ({{EquationNote|93o}}) in the second term, we obtain
:{{big|<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    = \mathbf{h}^i \part_i q_j \times \mathbf{h}^j
    = \mathbf{h}^i {\times}~\! \mathbf{h}^j ~\!\part_i q_j
  </math>}}
or, using ({{EquationNote|90b}}),
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    = J' \epsilon^{ijk\,} \mathbf{h}_k \part_i q_j
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|95c}}}}
or, in a more familiar form,
:<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \,=\, J'\,
      \begin{vmatrix}
        \mathbf{h}_1 & \part_1 & q_1 \\
        \mathbf{h}_2 & \part_2 & q_2 \\
        \mathbf{h}_3 & \part_3 & q_3
      \end{vmatrix} \,.
  </math>
Formula ({{EquationNote|95c}}) agrees with a result obtained by Tai with his "symbolic vector" method.<ref>[[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], p.&#8239;66, eq.&#8239;(9.41).</ref> It is also what we would get by naively using ({{EquationNote|91b}}) to evaluate {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;&#8202;'''q'''&#8202;;}}&#8201; it comes out so simply because each contravariant basis vector{{math| '''h'''&#8239;<sup>''j''</sup>}}&#8202; is the actual gradient of{{mvar| u&#8239;<sup>j</sup>}} and not (e.g.) merely a unit vector in the same direction (remember that {{mvar|q<sub>j</sub>}} is the component w.r.t.{{math| '''h'''&#8239;<sup>''j''</sup>&#8202;,}}&#8202; not{{math| '''h'''<sub>''j''</sub>}}).

But ({{EquationNote|95c}}) does not end in a subexpression for the operand{{math| '''q'''}}&#8202; and therefore does not directly yield an expression for the curl ''operator''. To find this operator and the divergence operator, we return to the original definitions ({{EquationNote|4g}}), ({{EquationNote|4c}}), and ({{EquationNote|4d}}), noting that they can be combined as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\nabla ~\!\!* \psi
    \,=\, \tfrac{1}{dV}\!\iint_{\delta S} (\mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!dS*\psi) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|96}}}}
where {{math|&lowast;}} may be a null for the gradient, a cross for the curl, or a dot for the divergence.{{efn|But not dot-del for the Laplacian, as in ({{EquationNote|19}}), because we want to use an elementary product rule inside the integral.}} Recalling that the value of this expression does not depend on the shape of{{mvar| dS&#8202;}}, let{{mvar| dS&#8202;}} be the parallelepiped defined by the six equicoordinate surfaces at {{mvar|u<sup>i</sup> }}and{{mvar| u<sup>i</sup>+du<sup>i</sup>}}, so that {{mvar|dV}}&#8202; is given by ({{EquationNote|86}}). Then the contribution to the integral from the face at{{math| ''u''&sup1;+''du''&sup1; &#8202;}}is
:<math>\Big[
    \big(\mathbf{h}_2 du^2 \!\times\! \mathbf{h}_3 du^3\big) * \psi
  \Big]_{u^1 + du^1}</math>
where the square brackets and subscripting mean "evaluated at". This can be written
:<math>du^2 du^3 \Big[
    (\mathbf{h}_2 {\times}~\! \mathbf{h}_3) * \psi
  \Big]_{u^1 + du^1}</math>
or, by ({{EquationNote|90.1}}),
:<math>du^2 du^3 \big[J \mathbf{h}^1 ~\!\!* \psi \big]_{u^1 + du^1} \,.</math>
Similarly, the contribution from the face at{{math| ''u''&sup1;}} (where {{math|'''h'''<sub>1</sub>}} points inward instead of outward) is
:<math>-du^2 du^3 \big[J \mathbf{h}^1 ~\!\!* \psi \big]_{u^1} \,.</math>
The sum of the contributions from the two opposite faces can then be written
:<math>du^1 du^2 du^3 ~\!\part_1 \big(J \mathbf{h}^1 ~\!\!* \psi\big) ~,</math>
so that when we add in the contributions from the other two pairs of opposite faces, the entire integral becomes
:{{big|<math>
    du^1 du^2 du^3 ~\!\part_i \big(J \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!* \psi\big)
  </math>}}
(with implicit summation over{{mvar| i}}). Substituting this and ({{EquationNote|86}}) into ({{EquationNote|96}}), we get
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\nabla ~\!\!* \psi
    = \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i \big(J \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!* \psi\big) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|97}}}}
Now applying the product rule gives
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\nabla ~\!\!* \psi
    = \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!* \part_i \psi
      + \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i(J \mathbf{h}^i) * \psi \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|98}}}}
Here the left-hand side is {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&lowast;''&psi;''}}&#8239; according to our original volume-based definition ({{EquationNote|4g}}) of the {{math|&nabla; }}operator&mdash;which is known to yield the curl or the divergence if&#8202; {{math|&lowast;}} is a cross or a dot, respectively&mdash;whereas the first term on the right is what we would get for {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&lowast;''&psi;''}}&#8239; by using our latest definition ({{EquationNote|93o}}) of the {{math|&nabla; }}operator and allowing{{mvar| &part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; to "pass by" the star in the Wilsonian manner. So, if we can show that the second term on the right is zero, we shall have established the precise sense in which the del-cross and del-dot notations are valid in general coordinates. In that second term, by ({{EquationNote|90e}}),
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
    \part_i(J \mathbf{h}^i)
    &= \part_i \big(
         \tfrac{\,1\,}{2}~\!\epsilon^{jki}\mathbf{h}_j {\times}~\!\mathbf{h}_k
       \big) \\
    &= \tfrac{\,1\,}{2}~\!\epsilon^{jki}
       \part_i \big(\mathbf{h}_j {\times}~\!\mathbf{h}_k \big) \\[.5ex]
    &= \tfrac{\,1\,}{2}~\!\epsilon^{jki}
       \big(\part_i \mathbf{h}_j \!\times~\!\!\mathbf{h}_k +
            \mathbf{h}_j \!\times~\!\!\part_i \mathbf{h}_k \big) \\[.5ex]
    &= \tfrac{\,1\,}{2}~\!\epsilon^{jki}
       \big(\part_i \part_j \mathbf{r} ~\!\!\times\! \mathbf{h}_k +
            \mathbf{h}_j {\times}~\! \part_i \part_k \mathbf{r} \big) \,,
  \end{align}</math>}}
where the last line follows by ({{EquationNote|80a}}). But the order of partial differentiation can be switched. So, in the sum over the permutations, for each term in{{math| ''&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8202;&part;<sub>j</sub>''&#8239;'''r'''}}&#8239; there is an equal term in{{math| ''&part;<sub>j</sub>&#8202;&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;'''r'''}}&#8239; to which the permutation symbol attaches the opposite sign, so that the terms in{{math| ''&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8202;&part;<sub>j</sub>''&#8239;'''r'''}}&#8202; cancel. Similarly the terms in{{math| ''&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8202;&part;<sub>k</sub>''&#8239;'''r'''}}&#8202; cancel. Thus, as anticipated, the second term in ({{EquationNote|98}}) is zero and we have
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\nabla ~\!\!* \psi
    = \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!* \part_i \psi \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|99}}}}

If&#8202; {{math|&lowast;}} is a null and {{mvar|&psi;}} is a scalar field {{math|''p''&#8202;,}} then ({{EquationNote|99}}) becomes ({{EquationNote|93g}}) and thus (fortunately!) confirms ({{EquationNote|93o}}) as the form of the del operator in general coordinates.

Now let {{mvar|&psi;}} be a ''vector'' field {{math|'''q'''&#8202;}}.&#8201; If{{math|&#8202; &lowast;}} is a cross, then ({{EquationNote|99}}) becomes
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    = \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!\times \part_i \mathbf{q}
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|100c}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\operatorname{curl}
    = \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!\times \part_i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|100o}}}}
If instead {{math|&lowast;}} is a dot, ({{EquationNote|99}}) becomes
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    = \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!\cdot \part_i \mathbf{q}
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|101d}}}}
or, in operational terms,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\operatorname{div}
    = \mathbf{h}^i ~\!\!\cdot \part_i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|101o}}}}
But if we take the {{math|&nabla;}} operator as given by ({{EquationNote|93o}}) and try to construct the curl and divergence operators (in the ''same''&#8202; coordinates) as {{math|&nabla;&#8202;&times;}}&#8202; and {{math|&nabla;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8239; respectively, we get&#8202; {{math|'''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>&#8239;''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;&times;}}&#8239; and&#8239; {{math|'''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>&#8239;''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;'''&#11825;'''}}&#8201; respectively [compare ({{EquationNote|61o}}) and ({{EquationNote|62o}})]; and if we then let{{mvar| &part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; "pass by" the cross and the dot, we get ({{EquationNote|100o}}) and ({{EquationNote|101o}}), or ({{EquationNote|100c}}) and ({{EquationNote|101d}}) if we include the operand{{math| '''q'''&#8202;}}. Thus ''the del-cross and del-dot notations work in general coordinates''.

Equations ({{EquationNote|100c}}) to ({{EquationNote|101o}}) are apparently due to Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], eqs.&#8239;9.39, 9.40, 9.34, &amp; 9.35, and text on p.&#8239;66), who derives them, along with the corresponding form of the del operator (his eq.&#8239;9.33), from volume-based definitions expressed in his "symbolic vector" notation. But he does not point out that the curl and divergence operators are obtainable from that del operator, as del-cross and del-dot, via the same "pass by" step that he condemns in the Cartesian context. Speaking of which, we should note that our equations ({{EquationNote|100c}}) to ({{EquationNote|101o}}), apart from the need to pair a superscript with a subscript, are as simple as their Cartesian special cases ({{EquationNote|59c}}), ({{EquationNote|59o}}), ({{EquationNote|60d}}), and ({{EquationNote|60o}}).

In ({{EquationNote|100c}}) and ({{EquationNote|101d}}), it goes without saying that&#8202; {{math|''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;'''q'''}}&#8202; must be evaluated correctly&mdash;in particular, that if the operand is expressed in terms of non-uniform basis vectors, the non-uniformity must be taken into account. Formula ({{EquationNote|95c}}), for the curl, does not suffer from this complication, because it is already expressed in components w.r.t. the contravariant basis (whose non-uniformity has already been taken into account). To obtain a similarly convenient formula for the divergence, we use components w.r.t. the {{nowrap|''co''&#8202;variant}} basis (i.e., contravariant components): in ({{EquationNote|97}}), if{{math|&#8202; &lowast;}} is a dot and {{mvar|&psi;}} is a vector field{{math| '''q'''&#8202;,}} we have
:{{big|<math>\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    = \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i \big(J \mathbf{h}^i {\cdot}\, \mathbf{q}\big)
  </math>}}
or, by ({{EquationNote|83c}}),
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    = \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i \big(J q^i \big) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|102d}}}}
This too agrees with Tai ([[#tai-95|1995]], p.&#8239;65, eq.&#8239;9.37).

=== The Laplacian ===

For a scalar operand, applying ({{EquationNote|101o}}) and reversing the "pass by", we find that the Laplacian operator is
:{{big|<math>\operatorname{div}\nabla
    = \mathbf{h}^i \!\cdot \part_i \nabla
    = \mathbf{h}^i \part_i ~\!\!\cdot \nabla
    = \nabla {\cdot} \nabla = \nabla^2 .
</math>}}
And by the linearity of the Laplacian, the{{math| &nabla;<sup>2</sup>}} formulation remains valid if the operand is a fixed linear combination of scalars&mdash;including a vector field, because that is expressible (even if not actually expressed) w.r.t. a uniform basis. (And if it is expressed in terms of a non-uniform basis, the non-uniformity must be taken into account in differentiations.)

In what follows, however, we shall find it convenient to take a different approach. If{{mvar| &psi;}}&#8202; is a scalar field, its gradient as given by ({{EquationNote|93g}}) is&#8202; {{math| '''h'''&#8239;<sup>''j''</sup>''&part;<sub>j</sub>&#8239;&psi;''&#8202;,}} of which the {{mvar|i&#8202;}}th contravariant component is{{math| '''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>'''&#11825;&#8239;h'''&#8239;<sup>''j''</sup>''&part;<sub>j</sub>&#8239;&psi;''&#8202;,}} which takes the place of{{mvar| q<sup>i</sup>}} in ({{EquationNote|102d}}), so that the divergence of the gradient of{{mvar| &psi; &#8202;}}is
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\triangle\psi
    = \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i
        \big(J \mathbf{h}^i {\cdot}~\! \mathbf{h}^j \part_j \psi \big) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|103L}}}}
This remains well-defined if{{mvar| &psi;}}&#8202; is a generic field (although we still need to deal with any non-uniformity of the basis in which{{mvar| &psi;}}&#8202; might be expressed).

=== Affine coordinates ===

If a basis is ''uniform'' (homogeneous), so is its Jacobian. Hence, by ({{EquationNote|90c}}) and ({{EquationNote|90d}}), the dual (contravariant) basis is uniform if and only if the natural (covariant) basis is uniform. A coordinate system in which these bases are uniform is described as '''affine'''. In affine coordinates,
* by ({{EquationNote|80a}}), {{math|''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;'''r''' }}is uniform, so that the curves on which only one coordinate varies are straight parallel lines; and
* by ({{EquationNote|80b}}), {{math|&nabla;''u<sup>i</sup>'' }}is uniform, so that the level surfaces of each coordinate (being perpendicular to {{math|&nabla;''u<sup>i</sup>''}}) are parallel planes.
Obviously Cartesian coordinates are affine; but one can also construct affine coordinate systems in which the three vectors of each basis are not mutually perpendicular and&#10744;or the coordinates have different scales or different units.

We have noted above that the correct application of the del-cross, del-dot, and del-squared notations must allow for non-uniformity of the basis vectors. Obviously this issue does not arise in affine coordinates, including Cartesian coordinates. Hence, while these notations are not (as is sometimes alleged) invalid in other coordinate systems, it would be fair to say that they are safer and more convenient in affine coordinates, including Cartesian coordinates.

=== Orthogonal coordinates ===

We know, e.g. from ({{EquationNote|90a}}) and ({{EquationNote|90b}}), that if two bases are reciprocal, the cross-product of the {{mvar|i&#8202;}}th and {{mvar|j&#8202;}}th members of one basis is collinear with the {{mvar|k&#8202;}}th member of the other, if {{math|''i'',&#8201;''j'',&#8239;''k''}}&#8239; are distinct. But if the first basis is ''orthogonal'' (that is, if its three member vectors are mutually orthogonal), the same cross-product is also collinear with the {{mvar|k&#8202;}}th member of the ''same'' basis, so that ''corresponding members of the two bases are collinear''. It follows that ''the natural basis of a coordinate system is orthogonal if and only if the dual basis is orthogonal''. And if the bases are orthogonal, the coordinate system itself is said to be '''orthogonal'''.

Cartesian coordinates are obviously both affine and orthogonal, and we have already implied that there is a class of coordinate systems that are affine but not orthogonal. The most widely-used class of non-Cartesian systems, however, contains the systems that are orthogonal but not affine; this class, of which the cylindrical and spherical systems are the best-known members, is the class of '''curvilinear orthogonal coordinates'''. But we shall drop the word ''curvilinear''&#8202; in order to include Cartesian coordinates as a special case.

In orthogonal coordinates, expressing a member of one basis in terms of its reciprocal basis is especially simple because corresponding members of the two bases are collinear, wherefore we can say
:{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}^i =~\! \beta_i \mathbf{h}_i \,,
  </math>}}
where {{mvar|&beta;<sub>i</sub>}} is a real variable to be determined (and the single index on the left-hand side means ''no summation''). Substituting this into ({{EquationNote|81i}}) gives
:{{big|<math>
    \beta ~\!= 1/h_i^{~2}
  </math>}}
where
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    h_i = \big|\mathbf{h}_i \big| \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|104}}}}
so that
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}^i =~\! \mathbf{h}_i \big/ h_i^{~2} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|105}}}}
And substituting that into ({{EquationNote|83c}}), and comparing the result with ({{EquationNote|83d}}), we get
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    q^i =~\! q_i \big/ h_i^{~2} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|106}}}}
Comparing ({{EquationNote|104}}) with definition ({{EquationNote|80a}}), we see that {{mvar|h<sub>i</sub>}} is the magnitude of{{math| ''&part;<sub>i</sub>''&#8239;'''r'''}}. Accordingly {{mvar|h<sub>i</sub>}} is called the '''scale factor''' associated with the coordinate{{mvar| u<sup>i</sup>&#8202;}}; it is the factor by which we multiply a small change in{{mvar| u<sup>i</sup>}} to obtain the magnitude of the consequent change in position.{{efn|Hsu ([[#hsu-84|1984]], p.&#8239;171) implies that the scale factors are also called "metric coefficients", and Tai ([[#tai-94|1994]], [[#tai-95|1995]]) prefers the latter term. This is loose terminology because, in general, the ''metric coefficient''&#8202; is defined as
:{{math|''g<sub>ij</sub>'' {{=}} '''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8239;'''&#11825;&#8201;h'''<sub>''j''</sub>&#8201;}}.
Hence, in the special case of orthogonal coordinates, we have {{math|''g<sub>ij</sub>''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;0}}&#8202; for {{math|''i&#8239;&ne;&#8239;j''&#8202;,}}&#8239; and&#8202; {{math|''g<sub>ii</sub>&#8239;{{=}}&#8201;h<sub>i</sub>''<sup>2</sup>}}&#8202; [no sum]. Thus the scale factors are not special cases of the metric coefficients, but the ''square roots''&#8202; of special cases of the metric coefficients (''cf''. [[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], p.&#8239;43, line 3).}}

If we now define
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\varsigma \,=~\! \begin{cases}
    +1 &\mathsf{for~a~right{\operatorname{-}}handed~system} \\[.5ex]
    -1 &\mathsf{for~a~left{\operatorname{-}}handed~system} ~,
  \end{cases}</math>|{{EquationRef|107}}}}
then, due to the orthogonality,&#8201; ({{EquationNote|87}}) and ({{EquationNote|92}}) are respectively reduced to
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    J = \varsigma\, h_1 h_2 h_3
  </math>|{{EquationRef|108}}}}
and
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    J' = \frac{\,1\,}{J} = \frac{1}{\varsigma\, h_1 h_2 h_3}
       = \frac{\varsigma}{h_1 h_2 h_3}
  </math>|{{EquationRef|109}}}}
&mdash;although, for brevity, we shall sometimes leave things in terms of{{mvar| J}}.

At this point, we ''could''&#8202; substitute ({{EquationNote|105}}) and ({{EquationNote|106}}) into earlier equations and obtain a suite of formulae for the differential operators in terms of the covariant basis and {{nowrap|''co''&#8202;variant}} components! But we can avoid this confusing breach of convention by ''normalizing'' the basis vectors.

An '''orthonormal''' basis is one whose members are mutually orthogonal ''unit'' vectors. The assumption of unit vectors is introduced so late because it is more useful with orthogonality than without. If one basis consisted of unit vectors that were not all orthogonal, then the reciprocal basis vectors given by ({{EquationNote|90c}}) or ({{EquationNote|90d}}) would not all be unit vectors.{{efn|Outline of proof: If the reciprocal vectors were unit vectors, then the angles between the ''original''&#8202; unit vectors would need to be equal, in order that their cross products have the same magnitude as their scalar triple product (Jacobian); and the latter condition requires the common angle to be 90&deg;.}} But if the basis{{math| ('''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>)}} consists of orthogonal unit vectors, equation ({{EquationNote|105}}) implies that the reciprocal basis consists of the ''same'' vectors; and the converse is also true, by the symmetry of the reciprocity relations. Thus ''an orthonormal basis is its own reciprocal''. Hence, if we choose an orthonormal basis, we do not need superscripts to distinguish the reciprocal basis from the original, or to distinguish components w.r.t. the latter basis from those w.r.t. the former.

An orthonormal basis is not generally covariant, because it doesn't stretch with the coordinate grid (although it does rotate with the grid). Neither is it generally contravariant, because its reciprocal (i.e. itelf) is not generally covariant. Hence, if a ''non''&#8202;-orthonormal natural or dual basis of an orthogonal coordinate system is ''normalized'' (replaced by unit vectors in the same directions), the resulting orthonormal basis is not covariant or contravariant, and components with respect thereto are not contravariant or covariant, and the new basis vectors are not given in terms of the coordinates by ({{EquationNote|80a}}) or ({{EquationNote|80b}}); the basis is therefore described as a '''non-coordinate basis'''. By default, the indices of the orthonormal basis vectors and associated components are written as subscripts, but these are not indicative of covariance. The coordinates themselves remain contravariant (e.g., if the grid dilates, the same movement in space corresponds to ''smaller'' changes in the coordinates); but, for want of covariant basis vectors to pair them with, we tend to write the coordinates with subscripts when the basis is orthonormal.

Nevertheless, it is convenient to have one basis instead of two. Moreover, the components of a vector w.r.t. an orthonormal basis are '''physical components''': they have the same dimension (same units) as the represented vector, and they are the components that we would have in mind if we wanted to ''measure'' the "components" in the directions of the basis vectors. Hence an orthonormal basis is called a '''physical basis'''. Accordingly, it is indeed common practice to normalize the basis vectors of orthogonal coordinate systems. This together with the prevalence of such coordinate systems helps to account for the familiarity of subscripts as indices, and for the jarring unfamiliarity of superscript indices when general (possibly non-orthogonal) coordinates are encountered for the first time.

To normalize the covariant basis, let{{math| '''h&#770;'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} (as usual) be the unit vector in the direction of{{math|&#8202; '''h'''<sub>''i''</sub>&#8202;.}} Then, by ({{EquationNote|104}}),
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}_i =~\! h_i \mathbf{\hat{h}}_i
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|110}}}}
(again with no summation, due to the single index on the left). Hence ({{EquationNote|105}}) becomes:
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{h}^i =~\! \mathbf{\hat{h}}_i \big/ h_i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|111}}}}
A vector field {{math|'''q'''}} is expressed in components w.r.t. the basis{{math| ('''h&#770;'''<sub>''i''</sub>)}} as
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q} = \hat{q_i} \;\!\mathbf{\hat{h}}_i
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|112}}}}
(with summation), where
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \hat{q_i} =~\! \mathbf{q} \!\cdot\! \mathbf{\hat{h}}_i \,.
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|113}}}}
(Here the hat on{{math| ''q''&#770;<sub>''i''</sub>}} is needed to distinguish the coefficient of{{math| '''h&#770;'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} from the coefficient of{{math| '''h'''<sup>''i''</sup>,}} and indicates that{{math| ''q''&#770;<sub>''i''</sub>}} is the coefficient of a unit vector&mdash;''not'' that{{math| ''q''&#770;<sub>''i''</sub>}} has unit magnitude.) Taking{{mvar| q<sub>i</sub>}} as given by ({{EquationNote|83d}}) and applying ({{EquationNote|110}}) and ({{EquationNote|113}}), we get
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    q_i =~\! h_i \hat{q_i} \,,
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|114}}}}
whence ({{EquationNote|106}}) gives
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    q^i =~\! \hat{q_i} \big/ h_i \,.
  \qquad</math>}}|{{EquationRef|115}}}}

Equation ({{EquationNote|110}}) quantifies the non-covariance of the orthonormal basis; substituting ({{EquationNote|110}}) into ({{EquationNote|85}}), we find that the components of{{math| ''d'''''r'''}} with respect to{{math| '''h&#770;'''<sub>''i''</sub>}}&#8202; are not simply{{math| ''du<sup>i</sup>'',}} but{{math| ''h<sub>i</sub>&#8239;du<sup>i</sup>''}}&#8202; [no sum]. So, as the coordinates{{mvar| u<sup>i</sup>}} are still contravariant, the orthonormal basis vectors{{math| '''h&#770;'''<sub>''i''</sub>}} are not covariant unless the scale factors{{mvar| h<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; are equal to{{math| 1}}&#8202;&mdash;&#8239;that is, unless the coordinates are Cartesian (except possibly for the handedness). And in Cartesian coordinates we can use subscripts throughout. This is another reason why, when using an orthonormal basis, we might as well write the coordinates as{{math| ''u<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;}}.

We can now re-express dot- and cross-products w.r.t. the orthonormal basis{{math| ('''h&#770;'''<sub>''i''</sub>)}}. If we apply ({{EquationNote|114}}) and ({{EquationNote|115}}) in ({{EquationNote|88a}}) or ({{EquationNote|88b}}), the scale factors cancel and we are left with
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{q}
    =~\! \hat{v_i} \hat{q_i} \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|116}}}}
as if the coordinates were Cartesian. And if we apply ({{EquationNote|108}}), ({{EquationNote|115}}), and ({{EquationNote|111}}) in ({{EquationNote|91a}}), the product of the scale factors cancels and we are left with
:{{big|<math>\mathbf{v} \!\times\! \mathbf{q} =~\!
    \varsigma~\!\epsilon_{ijk\,} \hat{v_i} \hat{q_j} \;\!\mathbf{\hat{h}}_k \,,
  </math>}}
again as if the coordinates were Cartesian, except that the handedness symbol {{mvar|&varsigma;}}&#8202; gives a change of sign for left-handed coordinates. The last result is confirmed by applying ({{EquationNote|109}}), ({{EquationNote|114}}), and ({{EquationNote|110}}) in ({{EquationNote|91b}}). It can also be written
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\mathbf{v} \!\times\! \mathbf{q} \,=\,
    \varsigma\, \begin{vmatrix}
      \hat{v_1} & \hat{q_1} & \mathbf{\hat{h}}_1 \\
      \hat{v_2} & \hat{q_2} & \mathbf{\hat{h}}_2 \\
      \hat{v_3} & \hat{q_3} & \mathbf{\hat{h}}_3
    \end{vmatrix} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|117}}}}

We can similarly re-express the first-order differential operators. Applying ({{EquationNote|111}}) in ({{EquationNote|93o}}), ({{EquationNote|101o}}), and ({{EquationNote|100o}}) gives respectively
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \nabla = \tfrac{1}{\,h_{\scriptstyle i}}\;\!\mathbf{\hat{h}}_i \part_i \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|118}}}}
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{div}
      = \tfrac{1}{\,h_{\scriptstyle i}}\;\!\mathbf{\hat{h}}_i ~\!\!\cdot \part_i \,,
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|119}}}}
and
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}
      = \tfrac{1}{\,h_{\scriptstyle i}}\;\!\mathbf{\hat{h}}_i ~\!\!\times \part_i \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|120}}}}
And applying ({{EquationNote|115}}) in ({{EquationNote|94o}}) and ({{EquationNote|102d}}) gives
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla
      = \tfrac{1}{\,h_{\scriptstyle i}} \;\!\hat{q_i} \part_i
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|121}}}}
and
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\operatorname{div}\mathbf{q}
    = \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i \Big(\tfrac{J}{\,h_{\scriptstyle i}} ~\!\hat{q_i} \Big) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|122}}}}
And applying ({{EquationNote|109}}), ({{EquationNote|110}}), and ({{EquationNote|114}}) in ({{EquationNote|95c}}) gives
:{{big|<math>\operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q}
    = \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\epsilon_{ijk\,}
      h_k \mathbf{\hat{h}}_k ~\!\part_i \big(h_j \hat{q_j} \big)
  </math>}}
or, in determinant form,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} \,=\, \frac{\varsigma}{h_1 h_2 h_3}\,
      \begin{vmatrix}
        h_1 \mathbf{\hat{h}}_1 & \part_1 & h_1 \hat{q_1} \\
        h_2 \mathbf{\hat{h}}_2 & \part_2 & h_2 \hat{q_2} \\
        h_3 \mathbf{\hat{h}}_3 & \part_3 & h_3 \hat{q_3}
      \end{vmatrix} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|123}}}}

For the Laplacian, applying ({{EquationNote|111}}) twice in ({{EquationNote|103L}}) gives
:{{big|<math>\triangle\psi =
    \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i \Big(
      \tfrac{J}{h_i h_j} (\mathbf{\hat{h}}_i {\cdot}~\! \mathbf{\hat{h}}_j)
      ~\!\part_j \psi
    \Big) \,,
  </math>}}
where the parenthesized dot-product is simply{{mvar| &delta;<sub>ij</sub>&#8202;}}.&#8201; Selecting the non-zero terms, we are left with
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\triangle\psi =
    \tfrac{\,1\,}{J} ~\!\part_i \Big(
      \tfrac{J}{\,h_{\scriptstyle i}^{~2}} ~\!\part_i \psi
    \Big) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|124}}}}

Working entirely within the coordinates{{math| ''u<sub>i</sub>''&#8202;,}} we can use equations ({{EquationNote|118}}), ({{EquationNote|121}}) to ({{EquationNote|123}}), and ({{EquationNote|124}}) for scalar{{math| ''&psi;''&#8202;,}} provided that we know the scale factors in terms of{{mvar| u<sub>i</sub>&#8202;}}.{{efn|In ({{EquationNote|124}}), if {{mvar|&psi;}}&#8202; is a ''vector'' field, we also need the derivatives of its basis vectors w.r.t.{{mvar| u<sub>i</sub>&#8202;}} in terms of{{mvar| u<sub>i</sub>&#8202;}}.}}&#8201; And we can find the scale factors in terms of{{mvar| u<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; if we know the Cartesian coordinates{{mvar| x<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; in terms of{{mvar| u<sub>i</sub>}}.&#8201; For then the position vector can be written
:{{big|{{math|'''r''' {{=}} ''x<sub>j</sub>''&#8239;'''e'''<sub>''j''</sub> ,}}}}
whence
:{{big|{{math|'''h'''<sub>''i''</sub> {{=}} ''&part;<sub>u<sub>i</sub></sub>''&#8239;'''r''' {{=}} ''&part;<sub>u<sub>i</sub></sub>&#8201;x<sub>j</sub>''&#8201;'''e'''<sub>''j''</sub> ,}}}}
so that the scale factors can be found from
:{{big|{{math|''h<sub>i</sub>''<sup>2</sup> {{=}} &sum;<sub>&#8202;''j'' </sub>(''&part;<sub>u<sub>i</sub></sub>&#8201;x<sub>j</sub>'')<sup>2</sup>.}}}}

In ({{EquationNote|121}}) to ({{EquationNote|123}}), the hat on{{math| ''q''&#770;<sub>''i''</sub>}} was needed because we treated the orthonormal basis as a special case, having used a hatless{{mvar| q<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; in less special cases; the hat would not have been needed if we had assumed an orthonormal basis at the outset. In more elementary introductions to curvilinear orthogonal coordinates, the basis vectors are indeed chosen as unit vectors and consequently as orthonormal vectors. Hence, if the coordinates are called<math>~u,v,w\,</math> and the respective basis vectors are called<math>~\mathbf{e}_u , \mathbf{e}_v , \mathbf{e}_w</math> (understood to be unit vectors), the components of the vector{{math| '''q'''}} w.r.t. that basis are called<math>~q_u , q_v , q_w ~\!,\,</math> with no hats. In this notation, in which sums are written out longhand without numerical indices, it is convenient also to write out the Jacobian in full, in order to exploit cancellations of scale factors. If the Jacobian appears in both a numerator inside parentheses and a denominator outside, the handedness symbol{{mvar| &varsigma;}}&#8202; also cancels. Thus the equations numbered ({{EquationNote|116}}) to ({{EquationNote|124}}) can be rewritten as, respectively,
{{NumBlk||<math>\begin{align}
    \mathbf{f} \cdot \mathbf{q} ~\!&=~\!
      f_u q_u + f_v q_v + f_w q_w \\[1ex]
    \mathbf{f} ~\!\!\times\! \mathbf{q} ~\!&=~\!
      \varsigma\, \begin{vmatrix}
        f_u & q_u & \mathbf{e}_u \\
        f_v & q_v & \mathbf{e}_v \\
        f_w & q_w & \mathbf{e}_w
      \end{vmatrix} \\[1ex]
    \nabla &=
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle u}}\;\!\mathbf{e}_u \part_u +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle v}}\;\!\mathbf{e}_v \part_v +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle w}}\;\!\mathbf{e}_w \part_w \\[.5ex]
    \operatorname{div} &=
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle u}} \mathbf{e}_u ~\!\!\cdot \part_u +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle v}} \mathbf{e}_v ~\!\!\cdot \part_v +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle w}} \mathbf{e}_w ~\!\!\cdot \part_w \\[.5ex]
    \operatorname{curl} ~\!&=
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle u}} \mathbf{e}_u ~\!\!\times \part_u +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle v}} \mathbf{e}_v ~\!\!\times \part_v +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle w}} \mathbf{e}_w ~\!\!\times \part_w\\[.5ex]
    \mathbf{q}\;\!{\cdot}\nabla &=
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle u}} \;\!q_u \part_u +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle v}} \;\!q_v \part_v +
      \tfrac{1}{~\!h_{\scriptstyle w}} \;\!q_w \part_w \\[.5ex]
    \operatorname{div}\mathbf{q} ~\!&= \tfrac{1}{h_u h_v h_w} \Big(
        \part_u (h_v h_w q_u) + \part_v (h_w h_u q_v) + \part_w (h_u h_v q_w)
      \Big) \\[.5ex]
    \operatorname{curl}\mathbf{q} ~\!&=~\! \frac{\varsigma}{h_u h_v h_w}\,
      \begin{vmatrix}
        h_u \mathbf{e}_u & \part_u & h_u q_u \\
        h_v \mathbf{e}_v & \part_v & h_v q_v \\
        h_w \mathbf{e}_w & \part_w & h_w q_w
      \end{vmatrix} \\[.5ex]
    \triangle\psi ~\!&=
      \tfrac{1}{h_{\scriptstyle u\;\!}h_{\scriptstyle v\;\!}h_{\scriptstyle w}\!}
      \bigg\{\!
        \tfrac{\part}{\part u\!}
          \Big(\!\tfrac{h_v h_w}{h_u\;\!}\tfrac{\part\psi}{\part u}\!\Big)
        \!+~\!\! \tfrac{\part}{\part v\!}
          \Big(\!\tfrac{h_w h_u}{\;\!h_v}\tfrac{\part\psi}{\part v}\!\Big)
        \!+~\!\! \tfrac{\part}{\part w\!}
          \Big(\!\tfrac{h_u h_v}{\;\!h_w}\tfrac{\part\psi}{\part w}\!\Big)
      \!\bigg\} .
  \end{align}</math>|{{EquationRef|125}}}}
Only in the cross-product and the curl does the handedness factor{{mvar| &varsigma;}}&#8202; make any difference. If the system is right-handed&mdash;as is also often assumed at the outset&mdash;this factor is replaced by{{math| 1}}.

For some readers, equation group ({{EquationNote|125}}) will announce a return to familiar territory. For the writer, it offers a convenient place to stop.

== Appendix: Mathematizing Huygens' principle ==

If a wavelike disturbance originating ''outside''&#8202; a region{{math| ''V'',}} bounded by a surface{{math| ''S''&#8202;,}} enters the region, it must do so through the surface{{mvar| S}}.&#8201; Unless we believe in "action at a distance", we must conclude that ''the behavior of the wave function throughout the region is fully determined by its behavior on the bounding surface''. That reasoning, being qualitative, does not tell us precisely what aspects of the behavior at the boundary determine the behavior throughout the region, or how. In this appendix, we shall answer these questions using tools of vector analysis&mdash;some of which we shall find ready-made, and some of which require assembly. Our aim is to express the wave function in the region{{mvar| V}} as a surface integral, over the bounding surface{{math| ''S''&#8202;,}} of an integrand related to the wave function incident at a general point on that surface.<ref>The following derivation is guided by Baker &amp; Copson ([[#baker-copson-39|1939]], pp.&#8239;38–40)&#8202; but, I hope, will be found more heuristic than its model.</ref>

'''[[w:Huygens' principle|Huygens' principle]]''' asserts not only that the behavior of the wave function throughout the region (containing no sources) is determined by the behavior at the boundary, but also that the behavior at the boundary is equivalent to a distribution of sources over the boundary, so that the wave function throughout the region is ''as if''&#8202; the original sources outside the region ('''primary sources''') were ''replaced''&#8202; by sources distributed over the boundary ('''secondary sources''').{{efn|Notice that the desired secondary sources are ''not''&#8202; segments of the moving wavefronts, but segments of a stationary surface influenced by the passing waves. Compare Huygens' original statement: "that ''each particle of matter''&#8202; in which a wave spreads, ought not to communicate its motion only to the next particle which is in the straight line drawn from the luminous point, but that it also imparts some of it necessarily to all the others which touch it and which oppose themselves to its movement. So it arises that around each particle there is made a wave of which ''that particle''&#8202; is the centre" ([[#huygens-1690-thompson|Huygens, 1690, tr.&#8239;Thompson]], p.&#8239;19; my emphasis). Huygens chooses secondary sources on the same primary wavefront at the same time for the purpose of constructing the "continuation" of the wavefront (the same wavefront at a later time) in the same medium (''ibid.'', pp.&#8239;19,&#8239;50–51), but ''not''&#8202; for the purpose of constructing a wavefront reflected or refracted at an interface between two media; for the latter purpose, he chooses secondary sources at various points on the reflecting or refracting surface, although the primary wavefront reaches those points at various times (''ibid.'', pp.&#8239;23–4,&#8239;35–7,&#8239;etc.).}} We shall find that by appropriately arranging the integrand for the wave function inside the region, we can indeed recognize the distribution of boundary sources that would generate the wave function. We shall also find that the distribution of secondary sources has an alternative description which is especially convenient in the case of a single monopole primary source.

=== Hints ===

If the surface integrand represents a secondary source density, it will not only be related to the primary wave function at a general point on{{mvar| S}}, but will also be delayed by the propagation time from that point to the observation point, and attenuated in accordance with the propagation distance. Hence, if{{math| ''&psi;''('''r''',&#8239;''t'')}} is the primary wave function and {{math|'''r&prime;'''}} is the position of the observation point ('''field point''') at a distance{{mvar| s}}&#8202; from position{{math| '''r''',}} then the integrand (or at least the dominant term thereof) should be proportional to
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|{{math|{{sfrac|&#8239;''s''&#8239;}}[''&psi;''] ,}}}}|{{EquationRef|126}}}}
where the square brackets indicate that the contents are to be ''delayed'' (or, in older literature, "retarded") by{{math| ''s''&#10744;''c''}}&#8202; relative to the default arguments{{math| ('''r''',&#8239;''t'')}}, so that
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|{{math|[''&psi;''] {{=}} ''&psi;''('''r''', ''t&#8201;&minus;&#8201;s''&#10744;''c'') .}}}}|{{EquationRef|127}}}}

Of course we would like our distribution of secondary sources to be valid for an arbitrarily shaped boundary{{mvar| S}}. This preference will be easier to satisfy if the distribution of secondary sources, by itself, produces a zero wave function outside{{mvar| V}}&#8202;&mdash;in other words, ''no backward secondary waves''&#8202;&mdash;because in that case, even if {{mvar|S}}&#8202; is concave outward, the wave function inside{{mvar| V}}&#8239; will not be complicated by "backward" waves generated at one point on{{mvar| ''S''}}&#8202; and entering{{mvar| V}}&#8202; through another point on{{mvar| S}}.&#8201; Accordingly, we would like our surface integral to be equal to the ''volume''&#8202; integral over{{mvar| V}}&#8239; of&#8202; {{math|''&psi;''('''r&prime;''',&#8239;''t'')&#8239;''&delta;''('''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''),}} because that volume integral will be {{math| ''&psi;''('''r&prime;''',&#8239;''t'')}}&#8202; if {{math|'''r&prime;'''}} is inside{{mvar| V}}, but zero if it is outside. In the integrand, the first factor can be replaced by{{math| [''&psi;'']}} because the delta function selects the position{{math| '''r&prime;''',}} where the propagation distance{{math| s}}&#8202; is zero. Moreover, by ({{EquationNote|33L}}), that delta function is the Laplacian of{{math|&#8202; {{sfrac|&minus;1|4''&pi;s''}}}}.&#8201; So the desired integrand, multiplied by{{math| 4''&pi;''&#8202;}}, becomes
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|{{math|&minus;[''&psi;''] &#9651; {{sfrac|&#8239;''s''&#8239;}} .}}}}|{{EquationRef|128}}}}
Relating the volume integral of ({{EquationNote|128}}) to the surface integral of something like ({{EquationNote|126}}) would seem to require a surface-to-volume integral identity involving two different fields. Three such identities, all named for [[w:George Green (mathematician)|George Green]], come to mind.

=== Green's identities ===

If<math>~u</math> and<math>~v</math> are scalar fields, then by identity ({{EquationNote|71d}}),
:<math>\mathrm{div}(u~\!\nabla v)
    \equiv u~\!\triangle v + \nabla u \cdot~\!\! \nabla v \,.
  </math>
Integrating both sides over a volume{{math| ''V''}} enclosed by a surface{{math| ''S''&#8202;,}} and applying the divergence theorem on the left, we get
:<math>\iint_S u~\!\nabla v \cdot \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!dS \equiv
    \iiint_V \big(u~\!\triangle v + \nabla u \cdot~\!\! \nabla v \big)\,dV \,,
  </math>
where {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} is the unit normal to{{mvar| S}}&#8202; pointing out of{{mvar| V}}. This integral equation is called '''Green's first identity'''. Switching the roles of<math>~u</math> and<math>~v</math> yields a second integral equation, which can be subtracted from the first to obtain
:<math>
    \iint_S \!\big(u~\!\nabla v - v~\!\nabla u \big) \cdot \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!dS
    \,\equiv \iiint_V \!\big(u~\!\triangle v - v~\!\triangle u \big)\,dV \,;
  </math>
this is '''Green's second identity'''. If {{mvar|n}} is the normal distance from{{mvar| S}} (positive outside{{math| ''V'',}} negative inside), then, by relation ({{EquationNote|9g}}) between the gradient and the directional derivative, we can rewrite Green's second identity in the alternative form
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \iint_S \!\big(u~\!\part_n v - v~\!\part_n u\big)\,dS
    \,\equiv \iiint_V \!\big(u~\!\triangle v - v~\!\triangle u\big)\,dV \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|129}}}}
which remains meaningful if one of the two operands is a ''generic'' field. And indeed, by the linearity of the various operators, the identity remains valid in that case (which is not always pointed out).

If, taking the above "hints", we put&#8201; <math>u\!=\!1/s\,</math> and&#8201; <math>v\!=\![\psi]\,</math> in ({{EquationNote|129}}), we get
:<math>\begin{align}
    \iint_S &\Big(\tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\part_n [\psi]
            - [\psi]\,\part_n \tfrac{\,1\,}{s} \Big) \,dS \\
    &= \iiint_V \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\triangle[\psi] \,dV
       - \iiint_V [\psi]\,\triangle~\!\tfrac{\,1\,}{s} \,dV \,,
  \end{align}</math>
which is a particular case of what is sometimes called ''Green's third identity'' (although that label has also been attached to other things). Applying the chain rule to the second term in the surface integrand, and recalling the purpose of ({{EquationNote|128}}), we can rewrite this result as
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\begin{align}
    \iint_S &\Big(\tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\part_n [\psi]
            + \tfrac{1}{s^2}~\![\psi]\,\part_n s \Big) \,dS \\
    &= \iiint_V \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\triangle[\psi] \,dV
       +\, 4\pi\!\iiint_V [\psi]~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}') \,dV \,.
  \end{align}</math>|{{EquationRef|130}}}}

=== Kirchhoff's integral theorem ===

In ({{EquationNote|130}}), the first term in the surface integrand is dominant for sufficiently large{{mvar| s}}&#8202; and, as hoped, this dominant term is proportional to ({{EquationNote|126}}), because {{math|''&part;<sub>n</sub>''&#8202;[''&psi;'']}} is proportional to{{math| [''&psi;'']}}. The second volume integral, as hoped, is{{math| ''&psi;''('''r&prime;''',&#8239;''t'')}}&#8202; if {{math|'''r&prime;'''}} is inside{{mvar| V}}, but zero if it is outside. If we can somehow convert the first volume integral to a surface integral, a trivial rearrangement will express the second volume integral as a surface integral, as hoped. And from the terms that we know so far, the surface integral looks promising.

In that first term, however, the factor {{math|''&part;<sub>n</sub>''&#8202;[''&psi;'']}} is not to be confused with{{math| [''&part;<sub>n</sub>&#8202;&psi;'']}}; the latter holds{{mvar| s}}&#8202; constant while {{mvar|n &#8202;}}varies, whereas the former also accounts for the variation of{{mvar| s}}&#8202; with{{math| ''n''}} (and consequently{{math| '''r'''}}) at a fixed{{math| '''r&prime;'''}}. From ({{EquationNote|127}}), the contribution to{{math| ''&part;<sub>n</sub>''&#8202;[''&psi;'']}} through the variation of{{mvar| s}}&#8202; is
:<math>\frac{\part\psi(t\!-\!s/c)}{\part(t\!-\!s/c)}~\!
    \frac{\part(t\!-\!s/c)}{\part s}~\!
    \frac{\part s}{\part n} \,,
  </math>
i.e.
:{{big|<math>\big[\dot{\psi}\big]~\!\big({-}\tfrac{\,1\,}{c}\big)~\!\part_n s \,.
  </math>}}
Putting the pieces together, we get
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\part_n [\psi] =
    [\part_n \psi] - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_n s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|131}}}}
Similarly, if {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; denotes{{mvar| {{sfrac|&part;|&part;x<sub>i</sub>}}}}&#8202; in Cartesian coordinates,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\part_i [\psi] =
    {\color{red}[\part_i \psi] - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]} \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|132}}}}
The last result can be applied three times to the volume integrand in ({{EquationNote|130}}); its applications are shown in '''{{color|red}}''' in the following sequence, which uses Cartesian coordinates with implicit summation:
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}\triangle&[\psi]
   = \part_i \part_i[\psi] \\
  &= \part_i \Big(
       {\color{red}[\part_i \psi] - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]}
     \Big) \\
  &= \part_i [\part_i \psi] -
     \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i \Big(\part_i s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]\Big) \\
  &= \part_i [\part_i \psi] -
     \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}\Big(
       \part_i \part_i s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big] +
       \part_i s \,\part_i \big[\dot{\psi}\big]
     \Big) \\
  &= \part_i [\part_i \psi]
     - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i \part_i s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
     - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s \,\part_i\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \\[.5ex]
  &= \part_i[\part_i \psi]
     - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\triangle s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \\
     &\qquad\qquad\,\,
     - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s \,\part_i\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \\[.5ex]
  &= {\color{red}[\part_i \part_i \psi]
     - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big]}
     - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\triangle s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \\
     &\qquad\qquad\,\, -
       \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s \Big(
         {\color{red}\big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big] -
         \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\ddot{\psi}\big]}
       \Big) \\[.5ex]
  &= [\triangle \psi]
     {-}~\! \tfrac{2}{\,c\,} \part_i s \big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big]
     {-}~\! \tfrac{\,1\,}{c} \triangle s \big[\dot{\psi}\big]
     {+}~\! \tfrac{1}{c^2} \part_i s \,\part_i s \big[\ddot{\psi}\big] ;
  \end{align}</math>}}
i.e.,
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\triangle[\psi]
  = [\triangle \psi]
    - \tfrac{2}{\,c\,}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big]
    - \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\triangle s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
    + \tfrac{1}{c^2}~\!\big|\nabla s\big|^2 ~\!\big[\ddot{\psi}\big] \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|133}}}}

To proceed further, we need to assign a direction to{{math| ''s''&#8202;,}} which we have defined as the propagation distance from {{math|'''r''' }}to{{math| '''r&prime;'''}}. Being a distance, {{mvar|s &#8202;}}is positive whether we measure it forwards or backwards w.r.t. the direction of propagation. But because {{math|'''r&prime;''',}} for present purposes, is fixed while {{math| '''r'''}} varies, we shall measure{{math| ''s''}} "backwards", i.e. from {{math|'''r&prime;''' }}to{{math| '''r''',}} with&#8202; {{math|'''s'''&#8201;{{=}}&#8239;''s''&#8202;'''s&#770;'''}}&#8202; as the displacement vector from {{math|'''r&prime;''' }}to{{math| '''r'''}} (so that we can think of both {{mvar|r &#8202;}}and{{mvar| s}}&#8202; as coordinates of position{{math| '''r'''}}, and think of{{mvar| s}}&#8202; as a scalar field). Under that convention,
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|{{math|&nabla;''s'' {{=}} '''s&#770;''' {{=}} '''s'''&#10744;''s'' {{=}} {{sfrac|'''r'''&#8202;&minus;&#8202;'''r&prime;'''|''s''}} ,}}}}|{{EquationRef|134}}}}
so that&#8201; {{math|{{abs|&nabla;''s''}} {{=}}&#8201;1}}.&#8201; And because {{math|''s''&#8202;,}} like {{math|''r''&#8202;,}}&#8202; is the distance from an origin,&#8201; <math>\triangle s~\!</math> can be evaluated from ({{EquationNote|49}}):
:{{big|<math>
    \triangle s~\!
    = \tfrac{1}{s^2}~\!\tfrac{d}{ds}\Big(\!s^2 \tfrac{ds}{ds}\!\Big)
    = \tfrac{1}{s^2}~\!\tfrac{d}{ds}\big(s^2 \big)
    = \tfrac{2}{\,s\,} \,.
  </math>}}
With these substitutions, ({{EquationNote|133}}) becomes
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>\triangle[\psi]
  = [\triangle\psi]
    - \tfrac{2}{\,c\,}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big]
    - \tfrac{2}{cs} \big[\dot{\psi}\big]
    + \tfrac{1}{c^2} \big[\ddot{\psi}\big] \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|135}}}}

'''If<math>~\psi</math>&#8202; is a ''scalar''&#8202; field''', we can put this in a more convenient form. By identity ({{EquationNote|71d}}),
:{{big|<math>
  \mathrm{div}\Big(\!\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]\!\Big)
  = \big[\dot{\psi}\big]\operatorname{div}\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}
    + \tfrac{\nabla s}{s} \cdot \nabla\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \,;
  </math>}}
i.e., by ({{EquationNote|134}}),
:{{big|<math>
  \mathrm{div}\Big(\!\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]\!\Big)
  = \big[\dot{\psi}\big]\operatorname{div}\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}
    + \frac{\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}'}{s^2} \cdot \nabla\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \,;
  </math>}}
i.e., if we apply identity ({{EquationNote|73g}}) in the first term on the right, and use components in the second,
:{{big|<math>
  \mathrm{div}\Big(\!\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]\!\Big)
  = \big[\dot{\psi}\big]\operatorname{div}\nabla\ln s
    + \frac{x_i\!-\!x_i'}{s^2} ~\!\part_i\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
  </math>}}
(with summation over{{mvar| i}}), where{{mvar| x&prime;<sub>i</sub>}}&#8202; is the {{mvar|i&#8202;}}th component of{{math|&#8202; '''r&prime;'''}}.&#8201; But&#8239; {{math|div&#8239;&nabla;&#8201;ln&#8239;''s''}}&#8201; is<math>\,\,\triangle\ln s~\!,\,</math> which can be evaluated from ({{EquationNote|49}}) as
:{{big|<math>
    \triangle\ln s~\!
    = \tfrac{1}{s^2}~\!\tfrac{d}{ds}\Big(\!s^2 \tfrac{d}{ds}(\ln s)\Big)
    = \tfrac{1}{s^2}~\!\tfrac{d}{ds}\Big(\!s^2 \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}\!\Big)
    = \tfrac{1}{s^2} \,.
  </math>}}
Applying this and ({{EquationNote|132}}) to the previous result gives
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
  \mathrm{div}&\Big(\!\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]\!\Big)
   = \tfrac{1}{s^2}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
     + \frac{x_i\!-\!x_i'}{s^2} \Big(\!
         \big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big] \!-\!
         \tfrac{\,1\,}{c}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\ddot{\psi}\big]
       \!\Big) \\
  &= \tfrac{1}{s^2}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
     + \frac{x_i\!-\!x_i'}{s^2}\big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big]
     - \frac{x_i\!-\!x_i'}{cs^2} ~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\ddot{\psi}\big] \,;
  \end{align}</math>}}
i.e., since {{mvar|&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;s}} is the {{mvar|i&#8202;}}th component of{{math| &nabla;''s''}}&#8239; and therefore of{{math|&#8202; '''s'''&#10744;''s''&#8202;,}}
:{{big|<math>
  \mathrm{div}\Big(\!\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]\!\Big)
    = \tfrac{1}{s^2}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
      + \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big]
      - \tfrac{1}{cs} ~\!\part_i s \,\part_i s ~\!\big[\ddot{\psi}\big] \,;
  </math>}}
i.e., since&#8201; {{math|''&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;s&#8239;&part;<sub>i</sub>&#8239;s'' {{=}} {{abs|&nabla;''s''}}<sup>2</sup> {{=}} 1&#8202;,}}
:{{big|<math>
  \mathrm{div}\Big(\!\tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]\!\Big)
    = \tfrac{1}{s^2}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
      + \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\part_i s ~\!\big[\part_i \dot{\psi}\big]
      - \tfrac{1}{cs} ~\!\big[\ddot{\psi}\big] \,.
  </math>}}
Multiplying this equation by {{math|2''s''&#10744;''c''}}&#8202; and adding it to equation ({{EquationNote|135}}) gives
:{{big|<math>\begin{align}
  \triangle[\psi]
     + \tfrac{2s}{c}~\!\mathrm{div}\Big(\!
         \tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
       \!\Big)
  &= [\triangle\psi]
     - \tfrac{1}{c^2} \big[\ddot{\psi}\big] \\
  &= \Big[\triangle\psi - \tfrac{1}{c^2}~\!\ddot{\psi}\Big] .
  \end{align}</math>}}
As we are proposing to integrate over a volume containing no sources, we can invoke the (homogeneous) wave equation ({{EquationNote|45}}), so that the right-hand side is zero, leaving
{{NumBlk|:|{{big|<math>
  \triangle[\psi]
  = - \tfrac{2s}{c}~\!\mathrm{div}\Big(\!
        \tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
      \!\Big) \,.
  </math>}}|{{EquationRef|136}}}}

Now at last we can substitute ({{EquationNote|136}}) and ({{EquationNote|131}}) into ({{EquationNote|130}}) and get
:<math>\begin{align}
    \iint_S &\Big(\tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\![\part_n \psi]
            - \tfrac{1}{cs}~\!\part_n s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
            + \tfrac{1}{s^2}~\![\psi]\,\part_n s \Big) \,dS \\
    &= \iiint_V \!{-}\tfrac{2}{\,c\,}~\!\mathrm{div}\Big(\!
                      \tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big] \!\Big) \,dV
       +\, 4\pi\!\iiint_V [\psi]~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}') \,dV \,,
  \end{align}</math>
in which we can rewrite the first volume integral as
:<math>\begin{align}
    \iint_S \!{-}\tfrac{2}{\,c\,}~\! \tfrac{\nabla s}{s}\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
            \cdot \mathbf{\hat{n}}~\!dS
    &= \iint_S \!{-}\tfrac{2}{cs}~\! \nabla s
                   \cdot \mathbf{\hat{n}} \,\big[\dot{\psi}\big] ~\!dS \\
    &= \iint_S \!{-}\tfrac{2}{cs}~\!\part_n s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big] ~\!dS
  \end{align}</math>
and then transpose it to the left side, obtaining
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\begin{align}
    \iint_S &\Big(\tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\![\part_n \psi]
            + \tfrac{1}{cs}~\!\part_n s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
            - [\psi]\,\part_n \tfrac{\,1\,}{s} \Big) \,dS \\
    &= 4\pi\!\iiint_V [\psi]~\!\delta(\mathbf{r}\!-\!\mathbf{r}') \,dV \,,
  \end{align}</math>|{{EquationRef|137}}}}
where the last term in the integrand on the left has been reverted to its original form (reversing the chain rule), and the remaining integral on the right is{{math| ''&psi;''('''r&prime;''',&#8239;''t'')}}&#8202; if position {{math|'''r&prime;'''}} is inside{{mvar| V}}, but zero if it is outside.

Although we derived ({{EquationNote|137}}) by supposing, just after ({{EquationNote|135}}), that {{mvar|&psi;}}&#8202; is ''scalar'', that restriction can now be dropped on account of the linearity of the various operators in ({{EquationNote|137}}).

Although we derived ({{EquationNote|137}}) by supposing that {{mvar|V &#8202;}}is a ''finite''&#8202; region, we can extend the result to an infinite region by adding another sheet to the bounding surface{{mvar| S}}&#8202; in such a way that (i) the region becomes finite, but (ii) the additional sheet makes no contribution to the surface integral. The simplest way to do this is to suppose that the additional sheet is at such a large distance that the disturbance has not reached it yet! By this expedient we can apply ({{EquationNote|137}}) not only to the region inside a closed surface, but also (e.g.) to the region outside a closed surface, or the region on one side of an infinite open surface.

Although we derived ({{EquationNote|137}}) by supposing, as usual in this paper, that {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} points out of{{mvar| V}}&#8239; and that {{mvar|n &#8202;}}is measured out of{{mvar| V}}, this has the arguably counterintuitive implication that {{math|'''n'''&#770;}} is typically against the direction of propagation&mdash;''directly'' against it in the simplest case, in which {{mvar|V}}&#8202; is the exterior of a sphere with a monopole source at its center.

So, in the following formal statement of our result, let us drop the symbol {{mvar|V}}&#8202; and define {{mvar|n}}&#8202; as being measured out of the region containing the sources, and consequently ''into'' the region that satisfies the homogeneous wave equation, ''changing the signs''&#8202; in ({{EquationNote|137}}).

'''[[w:Gustav Kirchhoff|Kirchhoff]]'s integral theorem''':  If
* the wave function {{mvar|&psi;}}&#8202; satisfies the wave equation (with speed{{mvar| c}}) in a region{{mvar| R}}&#8202; bounded by a surface{{mvar| S}}&#8202; (with all sources consequently on the other side of{{mvar| S&#8202;}}), and
* {{mvar|s}}&#8202; is the distance of the general point at position{{math| '''r'''}}&#8202; from the observation point at position{{math| '''r&prime;''',&#8202;}} and
* quantities in square brackets are to be delayed by{{math| ''s''&#10744;''c''&#8202;,}} and
* {{mvar|n}}&#8202; is the normal coordinate measured from the general point on{{mvar| S}}&#8202; ''into''{{mvar| R}}&#8202; [contrary to the usual direction for a named region, and contrary to the convention we have used above!],
then the expression
{{NumBlk|:|<math>\tfrac{1}{4\pi} \!\iint_S \Big(
    [\psi]\,\part_n \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}
    - \tfrac{1}{cs}~\!\part_n s ~\!\big[\dot{\psi}\big]
    - \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\![\part_n \psi]
  \Big) \,dS</math>|{{EquationRef|138}}}}
is equal to the wave function at{{math| '''r&prime;'''}}&#8202; if{{math| '''r&prime;'''}}&#8202; is inside{{math| ''R''&#8202;,}} but zero if it is outside.<ref>[[#born-wolf-02|Born &amp; Wolf, 2002]], pp.&#8239;420–21, eq.&#8239;(13).&#8201; ''Cf''. Baker &amp; Copson ([[#baker-copson-39|1939]], p.&#8239;37) and Miller ([[#miller-91|1991]], eq.&#8239;2), who use {{mvar|r}}&#8202; instead of{{mvar| s}}&#8202; (among other notational differences). Baker &amp; Copson, in their last equation on p.&#8239;40, give the opposite sign because on this occasion they measure the normal coordinate<math>~\nu</math> ''out'' of the region.</ref>

The above derivation (guided by [[#baker-copson-39|Baker &amp; Copson, 1939]], pp.&#8239;38–40) is unusual in that it does not assume sinusoidal time-dependence at any stage&mdash;but objectionable in that (i) the quantity whose divergence we seek, after equation ({{EquationNote|135}}), is a wild guess, and (ii) there are places where a term with coefficient{{math| &pm;1}} found by one path is merged with a term with coefficient{{math| &mp;2}} found by another path, as if the argument contained hidden redundancies that ought to be eliminated. A more traditional derivation (e.g., [[#baker-copson-39|Baker &amp; Copson, 1939]], pp.&#8239;36–7; [[#born-wolf-02|Born &amp; Wolf, 2002]], pp.&#8239;420–21) would first derive the special case for sinusoidal time-dependence (due to [[w:Hermann von Helmholtz|Helmholtz]]) from Green's identities, and then generalize the time-dependence. The traditional approach has the advantages of being less tortuous and more readily applicable to ''dispersive''&#8202; media (in which {{mvar|c &#8202;}}is frequency-dependent), but the disadvantages of depending on complex numbers and on the premise that a general function of time can be expressed as a sum of sinusoids. Helmholtz's integrand is a sinusoidal version of our expression ({{EquationNote|139}}) below. One can derive that expression and thence the Kirchhoff integral in a far more elementary and accessible manner, albeit with some loss of rigor, by ''assuming'' (instead of justifying) the form of the wave function due to a monopole source ([[#putland-22|Putland, 2022]]). That approach first obtains the required distribution of secondary sources and then expresses the wave function as a surface integral&mdash;instead of inferring the secondary sources ''from'' the surface integral, as we are about to do here.

=== Monopole and dipole secondary sources ===

There is a convention whereby {{math|'''q'''<sub>''i'',&#8202;''n''</sub>}} denotes the derivative w.r.t.{{mvar| n}}&#8202; of the {{mvar|i&#8202;}}th component of the vector field{{math| '''q'''&#8202;,}} so that the corresponding derivative of the entire vector is written{{math| '''q'''<sub>,&#8202;''n''</sub>&#8239;,}} where the strange leading comma in the subscript announces that we want a partial derivative, not a component. Accordingly, let us write the derivative w.r.t.{{mvar| n}}&#8202; of the generic field{{mvar| &psi;}}&#8202; as{{math| ''&psi;''<sub>,&#8202;''n''</sub>&#8202;}}.&#8201; And let it be understood that any "comma{{math| ''n''}}" derivative is to be evaluated locally, and not as observed at{{math| '''r&prime;'''&#8202;}}; that is, it does ''not''&#8202; account for the variation of {{mvar|s}}&#8202; through{{mvar| n}}.

In that notation, the integrand inside the big parentheses in ({{EquationNote|138}}) can be written out in full as
:<math>\begin{align}
    \psi&\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)\,\part_n \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}
    - \tfrac{1}{cs}~\!\part_n s \,\psi'\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)
    - \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\psi_{,n\!}\big(t\!-\!s/c\big) \\
    &= \psi\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)\,\part_n \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}
       + \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\psi'\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)~\!
         \big({-}1/c\big)~\!\part_n s
       - \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\psi_{,n\!}\big(t\!-\!s/c\big) \\
    &= \psi\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)\,\part_n \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}
       + \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\part_n \psi\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)
       - \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\psi_{,n\!}\big(t\!-\!s/c\big) \,,
  \end{align}</math>
i.e.
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \part_n \Big(\tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\psi\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)\Big)
    - \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\psi_{,n\!}\big(t\!-\!s/c\big) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|139}}}}
where {{mvar|&part;<sub>n</sub>}}&#8202; ''does''&#8202; account for the variation of {{mvar|s}}&#8202; through{{mvar| n}}. If{{mvar| h}} is a ''small''&#8202; change in{{math| ''n''&#8202;,}} from&#8201; {{mvar|n&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&minus;h}}&#8201; to&#8201; {{math|''n''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;0&#8202;,}} the integrand can be written
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    h~\!\part_n \bigg(\frac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\frac{\psi\big(t\!-\!s/c\big)}{h}\bigg)
    - \tfrac{\,1\,}{s}~\!\psi_{,n\!}\big(t\!-\!s/c\big) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|140}}}}
The second term (including the minus sign) is recognizable as the contribution to the wave function from a monopole source with strength{{math| &minus;''&psi;''<sub>,&#8202;''n''</sub>&#8202;}}.<ref>''Reminder&#8202;:''&#8201; There are rival definitions of the "strength" of a monopole source; see the text and footnote under equation ({{EquationNote|54}}) above.</ref> Similarly, in the first term, the expression in the big parentheses is the contribution from a monopole source with strength{{math| ''&psi;''&#10744;''h''&#8202;}}; and the operator {{mvar|h&#8202;&part;<sub>n</sub>}} gives the change in that contribution due to{{mvar| n}}&#8202; increasing from {{mvar|&minus;h}}&#8202; to{{math| 0&#8202;,}}&#8201; i.e. the change in that contribution due to moving the said monopole from&#8201; {{mvar|n&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&minus;h}}&#8201; to&#8201; {{math|''n''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;0&#8202;,}}&#8201; i.e. the whole contribution due to the combination of a monopole with strength{{math| &minus;''&psi;''&#10744;''h''}}&#8202; at&#8201; {{mvar|n&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&minus;h}}&#8201; and a monopole with strength{{math| ''&psi;''&#10744;''h''}}&#8202; at&#8201; {{math|''n''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;0}}. This combination is called a '''dipole''' (or ''doublet'')<ref>The term ''doublet'', which seems to be older, is used by Baker &amp; Copson ([[#baker-copson-39|1939]]), Born &amp; Wolf ([[#born-wolf-02|2002, p.&#8239;421]]), and Larmor ([[#larmor-1904|1904]]).</ref> with strength{{mvar| &psi;}}&#8202; in the normal ({{mvar|n}}) direction.

According to ({{EquationNote|138}}), the expression ({{EquationNote|140}}) is to be scaled by {{math|{{sfrac|4''&pi;''}}}}&#8202; and integrated over the surface{{mvar| S}}. Thus the secondary source distribution can be described as a monopole distribution of strength density {{math|&minus;{{sfrac|''&psi;''<sub>,&#8202;''n''</sub>|4''&pi;''}}}}&#8239; plus a normal dipole distribution of strength density{{math| {{sfrac|''&psi;''|4''&pi;''}}&#8202;,}} where "strength density" means strength per unit area. This description is well known.<ref>E.g., [[#born-wolf-02|Born &amp; Wolf, 2002]], p.&#8239;421.</ref>

The implication is not that the specified secondary sources really exist, or even that they ''could''&#8202; exist, but only that the wave function in the region{{mvar| R}}&#8202; is ''as if''&#8202; it had been generated by the specified secondary sources (which would also give a null wave function outside the region). We should note, however, that a monopole contribution of the form ({{EquationNote|48}}) ''can''&#8202; really exist, even for a vector wave function, notwithstanding that it requires not only the magnitude but also the direction of the vector to be independent of the direction of propagation. That requirement might seem to exclude electromagnetic waves, for which the electric and magnetic fields are transverse to the direction of propagation and therefore not independent of it. But it is possible to describe such waves in terms of an electric scalar potential and a magnetic vector potential, such that the contribution to the latter from a current element has the same direction as the current element for all directions of propagation.<ref>''Cf''. [[#feynman-63|Feynman, 1963]], vol.&#8239;2, chap.&#8239;15, Table 15-1, "{{math|'''''A'''''(1,&#8239;''t''&#8202;) {{=}} &hellip;}}".</ref>

=== Generalized spatiotemporal-dipole (GSTD) secondary sources ===

The "dipole" discussed so far is a ''spatial''&#8202; dipole, in which the constituent monopoles differ only in sign and by a small spatial displacement. If we add a small time shift between the monopoles, equal to the propagation time from one to the other, we get what David A.B. Miller ([[#miller-91|1991]]) calls a ''spatiotemporal''&#8202; dipole. If we allow the time shift to be smaller than that propagation time, and allow one monopole to be attenuated by a small fraction, we get what I call a ''generalized''&#8202; spatiotemporal dipole, the usefulness of which will now be demonstrated.

In the Helmholtz–Kirchhoff integrand ({{EquationNote|139}}), the second term (including the sign) represents a monopole strength density{{math| &minus;''&psi;''<sub>,&#8202;''n''</sub>}}&#8202; and the first term represents a dipole strength density{{mvar| &psi;}}&#8202; in the {{mvar|n }}direction; the dipole source per unit area of{{mvar| S}}&#8202; is a ''spatial''&#8202; dipole comprising a monopole with strength{{math| &minus;''&psi;''&#10744;''h''}}&#8202; at&#8201; {{mvar|n&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;&minus;h}}&#8202; (the ''inverted''&#8202; monopole), and a monopole with strength{{math| ''&psi;''&#10744;''h''}}&#8202; at&#8201; {{math|''n''&#8201;{{=}}&#8201;0}} (the ''uninverted''&#8202; monopole), where {{mvar|h}}&#8202; is small (and the indicated strength densities are eventually to be divided by{{math| 4''&pi;''}}). The idea is that by suitably modifying the spatial dipole, we might eliminate the need for the separate monopole and thus effectively reduce a tripole to a dipole. Let us try delaying the strength function of the inverted monopole by{{math| ''&tau;<sub>h</sub>''&#8202;,}} and reducing its magnitude by a fraction{{mvar| &alpha;<sub>h</sub>}}&#8202; (e.g., no reduction if {{math|''&alpha;<sub>h</sub>''&#8201;{{=}} 0}}), where {{mvar|&tau;<sub>h</sub>}} and{{math| ''&alpha;<sub>h</sub>''}} are ''small''&#8202; quantities to be determined. Then, compared with the uninverted monopole, the inverted monopole is recessed by the distance{{math| ''h''&#8202;,}} delayed by the time{{math| ''&tau;<sub>h</sub>''&#8202;,}} and attenuated by the fraction{{mvar| &alpha;<sub>h</sub>}}.&#8201; At the field point{{math| '''r&prime;''',}} according to ({{EquationNote|140}}), the wave function due to the uninverted monopole is
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \frac{\psi\big(t-s/c\big)}{hs} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|141}}}}
So the wave function due to the modified dipole is the total change in expression ({{EquationNote|141}}) due to {{mvar|n }}increasing by{{math| ''h''&#8202;,}}&#8201; and {{mvar|t }}increasing by{{math| ''&tau;<sub>h</sub>''&#8202;,}} and the magnitude increasing by {{mvar|&alpha;<sub>h</sub> }}times its final value. Since {{mvar|h &#8202;}}and {{mvar|&tau;<sub>h</sub>}} are small, that total change is
:<math>
    h~\!\part_n\Big(\frac{\psi(t-s/c)}{hs}\Big) \,+\,
    \tau_h~\!\part_t\Big(\frac{\psi(t-s/c)}{hs}\Big) \,+\,
    \alpha_h~\!\frac{\psi(t-s/c)}{hs} \,,
  </math>
i.e.
:<math>
    \part_n\Big(\frac{\psi(t-s/c)}{s}\Big) \,+~\!
    \frac{\,\tau_h\,}{hs}~\! \dot{\psi}\big(t-s/c\big) \,+\,
    \frac{\,\alpha_h\,}{hs}~\!\psi(t-s/c) \,,
  </math>
which will agree with ({{EquationNote|139}}) if and only if, on{{math| ''S''&#8202;,}}
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \frac{\tau_h}{\;h\;}~\!\dot{\psi}~\!+~\!\frac{\alpha_h}{\;h\;}~\!\psi
    \,=\, -\psi_{,n} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|142}}}}
This is the sufficient and necessary condition for the modified dipoles to give the same secondary waves as the original dipoles and monopoles. And it does not look helpful in the general case, due to the independence of the wave function and its partial derivatives w.r.t.{{mvar| r}}&#8202; and{{mvar| t}}.

But now suppose that we have a '''single monopole primary source''', so that the wave function {{mvar|&psi;}}&#8202; is given by ({{EquationNote|48}}). It is readily confirmed that ''this'' wave function and its partial derivatives are related by
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \part_r \psi
    = {-}\frac{\,\dot{\psi}\,}{c} - \frac{\,\psi\,}{r} \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|143}}}}
Applying the chain rule to the right side of ({{EquationNote|142}}) gives
:<math>
    \frac{\tau_h}{\;h\;}~\!\dot{\psi}~\!+~\!\frac{\alpha_h}{\;h\;}~\!\psi
    \,=\, -\part_r \psi \;\part_n r \,.
  </math>
So, substituting from ({{EquationNote|143}}) and noting that {{mvar|&part;<sub>n</sub>&#8239;r}}&#8202; is {{math|cos(''n'',&#8239;''r'')&#8202;,}}&#8201; i.e. the cosine of the angle between {{math|'''n'''&#770; }}and{{math| '''r'''&#770;&#8202;,}}&#8239; we have
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
  \frac{\tau_h}{\;h\;}~\!\dot{\psi}~\!+~\!\frac{\alpha_h}{\;h\;}~\!\psi
  \,=\, \Big(\frac{\,\dot{\psi}\,}{c} + \frac{\,\psi\,}{r}\Big)~\!
        \cos(n,r) \,.
  </math>|{{EquationRef|144}}}}
To satisfy this for all {{math|''&psi;''&#775;}}&#8202; and{{math| ''&psi;''&#8202;,}} we equate the coefficients of{{math| ''&psi;''&#775;&#8202;,}} obtaining
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \tau_h = \tfrac{h}{\,c\,}\cos(n,r) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|145}}}}
and equate the coefficients of{{math| ''&psi;''&#8202;,}} obtaining
{{NumBlk|:|<math>
    \alpha_h = \tfrac{h}{\,r\,}\cos(n,r) \,,
  </math>|{{EquationRef|146}}}}
so that the parameters of our "modified" dipole are uniquely determined. This "modified" dipole is what I have called a "generalized spatiotemporal dipole" ('''GSTD'''). The integrand in ({{EquationNote|139}}) may then be understood as a distribution of GSTDs on{{math| ''S''&#8202;,}} oriented normal to{{math| ''S''&#8202;,}} the first term in the braces representing the spatial aspect (equal and opposite monopoles) and the second term (in{{math| ''&psi;''<sub>,&#8202;''n''}}) representing the modifications (delay and attenuation of the inverted monopole). According to ({{EquationNote|145}}), the delay of the inverted monopole is such that the waves from the two monopoles are synchronized (with opposing amplitudes) in the direction of the primary source, and in the cone of directions which make the same angle with the normal{{math| '''n'''&#770;}} as the primary source; this cone includes the direction of specular reflection off{{mvar| S}}. And according to ({{EquationNote|146}}), the attenuation of the inverted monopole is such that the waves from the two monopoles cancel at a distance{{mvar| r}}&#8202; in any of these directions (including at the primary source); at that distance, the greater proximity of the inverted monopole compensates for the reduced strength. Thus there are two ways in which the GSTDs suppress "backward" secondary waves: collectively, they produce a wave function which is null on the primary source's side of the surface{{mvar| S&#8202;}}; individually, they suppress secondary waves at particular distances in particular directions, ''including the direction of specular reflection off''{{mvar|&#8202; S}}.

If {{mvar|S}}&#8202; coincides with a primary wavefront, so that its normal{{math| '''n'''&#770;}} is parallel to{{math| '''r'''&#770;,}} then we have&#8201; {{math|cos(''n'',&#8239;''r'') {{=}} 0}}&#8201; in ({{EquationNote|145}}), so that the delay {{mvar|&tau;<sub>h</sub>}} becomes{{math| ''h''&#10744;''c''&#8202;,}} which is simply the time taken for the waves emitted by the uninverted monopole to reach the inverted monopole. The latter is in the {{math|&minus;'''n'''&#770; }}direction, which is therefore the direction in which the waves from the two monopoles are synchronized (and cancel at distance{{mvar| r}}); the "cone of directions" collapses to its axis.

If the primary wavefront is plane, we have&#8202; {{math|''r''&#8202;&rarr;&#8202;&infin;}}&#8202; in ({{EquationNote|146}}), so that {{math|''&alpha;<sub>h</sub>''&#8201;{{=}} 0&#8202;}}; the inverted monopole is not attenuated, and the cancellation of the waves from the two monopoles (in the cone with its axis in the{{math| &minus;'''n'''&#770; }}direction) becomes a far-field effect.

So if {{mvar|S}}&#8202; coincides with a primary wavefront ''and''&#8202; is plane, the inverted monopole is delayed by{{math| ''h''&#10744;''c''}}&#8239; and unattenuated, so that the waves from the two monopoles cancel in the {{math|&minus;'''n'''&#770; }}direction in the far field. This case is what Miller ([[#miller-91|1991]]) calls a "spatiotemporal dipole". We have "generalized" it in two ways: by allowing the delay of the inverted monopole to be less than{{math| ''h''&#10744;''c''&#8202;,}} so that the direction of cancellation need not be normal to{{mvar| S&#8202;}}; and by allowing the inverted monopole to be attenuated, so that the cancellation may occur at a finite distance. Together, these modifications allow the surface of integration{{mvar| S}}&#8202; to be of a general shape and orientation and at a general distance from the primary source.

Although Miller applied his spatiotemporal-dipole theory to "uniform spherical or plane wave fronts" ([[#miller-91|Miller, 1991]], after eq.&#8239;5), it is in fact a plain-wave (far-field) approximation in that it neglects the {{math|1/''r''}} decay in the magnitude of the primary wave, with the result that his equation (4), which corresponds to our ({{EquationNote|143}}), lacks the second term on the right.<ref>Larmor ([[#larmor-1921|1921]]) had likewise neglected the {{math|1/''r''}} decay: the equation second from the bottom on his p.&#8239;172 agrees with Miller's eq.&#8239;(4).</ref> To make the theory exact for all{{math| ''r'',}} we need the inverted monopoles to be attenuated in accordance with ({{EquationNote|146}}).

=== Application to diffraction by an aperture ===

Suppose that the primary sources are partly obstructed by an opaque baffle with an aperture in it, and that we are interested in the wave function that propagates beyond the baffle. Let us choose a surface{{mvar| S}}&#8202; consisting of two segments, namely {{mvar|S<sub>a</sub> }}spanning the aperture, and {{mvar|S<sub>b</sub> }}on the side of the baffle facing away from the sources (the dark side or quiet side of the baffle). The obvious way to proceed is to suppose that the baffle simply eliminates the secondary sources on{{mvar| S<sub>b</sub>}} while leaving the secondary sources on{{mvar| S<sub>a</sub>}} unchanged (as if the baffle were not there). The result, as far as the wave function in{{mvar| R}} (beyond the baffle) is concerned, is simply that the integral in ({{EquationNote|140}}) is taken over {{mvar|S<sub>a</sub> }}only.

Integrating over the aperture alone is indeed the standard answer, but there are various other ways of explaining it. Some explanations, including the famously inconsistent one offered by Kirchhoff himself, are discussed in [[#putland-22|Putland, 2022]] (&sect;&#8239;2.2 and Appendices A &amp; B), with references to other works.

== Additional information ==

=== Acknowledgments ===

Professor Chen-To Tai, {{serif|FIEEE}}, died in 2004.  He first came to my attention in 2018 through his paper "On the presentation of Maxwell's theory" (''Proc.&#8239;{{serif|IEEE}}'', '''60'''(8):&#8239;936–45, 1972). In nearly every place where I mention him here, even if I do not accept his conclusion, I am entirely indebted to his works for drawing my attention to the issue raised. In particular, it was he who alerted me to Gibbs's original definitions of the divergence and curl and their suitability for expression in indicial notation ([[#tai-95|Tai, 1995]], pp.&#8239;17,&#8239;21). And although he might not have been pleased, it was through him that I first knew with certainty that the del-dot and del-cross notations work in general coordinates (''ibid.'', pp.&#8239;64–5).

This article uses images from Wikimedia Commons.

The essence of the above derivation of "generalized" spatiotemporal-dipole secondary sources has been previously published ([[#putland-22|Putland, 2022]], &sect;&#8239;3.7), but not previously peer-reviewed.

=== Competing interests ===
None.

=== Ethics statement ===
This article does not concern research on human or animal subjects.

=== '''TO DO:''' ===

* More illustrations?

== Notes ==

{{notelist|2}}

== References ==

{{reflist|3}}

== Bibliography ==

<div style="font-size: 111%">

{{refbegin|indent=yes}}

*<span id="axler-95">S.J. Axler, 1995, "Down with Determinants!"&#8201; ''American Mathematical Monthly'', vol.&#8239;102, no.&#8239;2 (Feb.&#8239;1995), pp.&#8239;139–54; [https://www.jstor.org/stable/2975348 jstor.org/stable/2975348].&#8201; (Author's preprint, with different pagination: [https://www.researchgate.net/publication/265273063_Down_with_Determinants researchgate.net/publication/265273063_Down_with_Determinants].)</span>
*<span id="axler-23-">S.J. Axler, 2023–, ''Linear Algebra Done Right'', 4th Ed., Springer; [https://linear.axler.net/ linear.axler.net] (open access).</span>
*<span id="baker-copson-39">B.B. Baker and E.T. Copson, 1939, ''The Mathematical Theory of&#8202; Huygens' Principle'', Oxford; 3rd Ed.&#8201;(same pagination, with addenda), New York: Chelsea, 1987, [https://archive.org/details/mathematicaltheo0000bake archive.org/details/mathematicaltheo0000bake].</span>
*<span id="borisenko-tarapov-68">A.I. Borisenko and I.E.&#8239;Tarapov (tr.&#8239;&amp; ed. R.A.&#8239;Silverman), 1968, ''Vector and Tensor Analysis with Applications'', Prentice-Hall; reprinted New York: Dover, 1979, [https://archive.org/details/vectortensoranal0000bori archive.org/details/vectortensoranal0000bori].<!-- Typo on p.180: First cross in equation before (4.93) should be "=". --></span>
*<span id="born-wolf-02">M.&#8201;Born and E.&#8239;Wolf, 2002, ''Principles of Optics'', 7th Ed., Cambridge, 1999 (reprinted with corrections, 2002).</span>
*<span id="broyden-75">C.G. Broyden, 1975, ''Basic Matrices'', London: Macmillan.</span>
*<span id="feynman-63">R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, &amp; M.&#8239;Sands, 1963 etc., ''The Feynman Lectures on Physics'', California Institute of Technology; [http://www.feynmanlectures.caltech.edu/ feynmanlectures.caltech.edu].</span>
*<span id="fletcher-74">N.H. Fletcher, 1974, "Adiabatic assumption for wave propagation", ''American Journal of Physics'', vol.&#8239;42, no.&#8239;6 (June 1974), pp.&#8239;487–9; [https://doi.org/10.1119/1.1987757 doi.org/10.1119/1.1987757].</span>
*<span id="gibbs-1881-4">J.W. Gibbs, 1881–84, "Elements of Vector Analysis", privately printed New Haven: Tuttle, Morehouse &amp; Taylor, 1881 (&sect;&sect;&#8239;1–101), 1884 (&sect;&sect;&#8239;102–189, etc.), [https://archive.org/details/elementsvectora00gibb archive.org/details/elementsvectora00gibb]; published in ''The Scientific Papers of J.&#8239;Willard Gibbs'' (ed. H.A.&#8239;Bumstead &amp; R.G.&#8239;Van Name), New York: Longmans, Green, &amp; Co., 1906, vol.&#8239;2, [https://archive.org/details/scientificpapers02gibbuoft archive.org/details/scientificpapers02gibbuoft], pp.&#8239;17–90.</span>
*<span id="hsu-84">H.P. Hsu, 1984, ''Applied Vector Analysis'', Harcourt Brace Jovanovich; [https://archive.org/details/appliedvectorana00hsuh archive.org/details/appliedvectorana00hsuh].</span>
*<span id="huygens-1690-thompson">C. Huygens, 1690, tr. S.P.&#8239;Thompson, ''Treatise on Light'', University of Chicago Press, 1912 / [https://gutenberg.org/files/14725/14725-h/14725-h.htm gutenberg.org/files/14725/14725-h/14725-h.htm], 2005. (See also "Errata in various editions of Huygens' ''Treatise on Light''&#8239;", ''www.grputland.com'' or ''grputland.blogspot.com'', June 2016.)</span>
*<span id="katz-79">V.J. Katz, 1979, "The history of Stokes' theorem", ''Mathematics Magazine'', vol.&#8239;52, no.&#8239;3 (May 1979), pp.&#8239;146–56; [https://www.jstor.org/stable/2690275 jstor.org/stable/2690275].</span>
*<span id="kemin-et-al-00">S. Kemin, X.&#8239;Zhenting, T.&#8239;Jinsheng, &amp; H.&#8239;Xuemei, 2000, "The comprehension, some problems and suggestions to symbolic vector method and some defenses for Gibbs' symbol", ''Applied Mathematics and Mechanics'' (English Ed.), vol.&#8239;21, no.&#8239;5 (May 2000), pp.&#8239;603–6; [https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02459044 doi.org/10.1007/BF02459044].</span>
*<span id="kemmer-77">N. Kemmer, 1977, ''Vector Analysis: A physicist's guide to the mathematics of fields in three dimensions'', Cambridge; [https://archive.org/details/isbn_0521211581 archive.org/details/isbn_0521211581].</span>
*<span id="kreyszig-62-">E. Kreyszig, 1962 etc., ''Advanced Engineering Mathematics'', New York: Wiley;&#8201; 5th Ed., 1983;&#8201; 6th Ed., 1988;&#8201; 9th Ed., 2006;&#8201; 10th Ed., 2011.</span>
*<span id="larmor-1904">J. Larmor, 1904, "On the mathematical expression of the principle of&#8202; Huygens" (read 8 Jan.&#8239;1903), ''Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society'', Ser.&#8239;2, vol.&#8239;1 (1904), pp.&#8239;1–13.<!-- Listed as "Issue 1"; only issue for that volume. --></span>
*<span id="miller-91">D.A.B. Miller, 1991, "Huygens's wave propagation principle corrected", ''Optics Letters'', vol.&#8239;16, no.&#8239;18 (15 Sep.&#8239;1991), pp.&#8239;1370–72; [http://ee.stanford.edu/~dabm/146.pdf stanford.edu/~dabm/146.pdf].</span>
*<span id="moon-spencer-65">P.H. Moon and D.E.&#8239;Spencer, 1965, ''Vectors'', Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand.</span>
*<span id="panofsky-phillips-62">W.K.H. Panofsky and M.&#8239;Phillips, 1962, ''Classical Electricity and Magnetism'', 2nd Ed., Addison-Wesley; reprinted Mineola, NY: Dover, 2005.</span>
*<span id="putland-22">G.R. Putland, 2022, "Consistent derivation of Kirchhoff's integral theorem and diffraction formula and the Maggi-Rubinowicz transformation using high-school math" (working paper), [https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7205781 doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7205781] (Creative Commons).</span>
*<span id="rocci-20">A. Rocci, 2020, "Back to the roots of vector and tensor calculus: Heaviside versus Gibbs" (online 10 Nov.&#8239;2020), ''Archive for History of Exact Sciences'', vol.&#8239;75, no.&#8239;4 (July 2021), pp.&#8239;369–413. (Author's preprint, with different pagination: [https://arxiv.org/abs/2010.09679 arxiv.org/abs/2010.09679].)</span>
*<span id="tai-94">C.-T. Tai, 1994, "A survey of the improper use of &nabla; in vector analysis" (Technical Report RL&#8239;909), Dept.&#8201;of Electrical Engineering &amp; Computer Science, University of Michigan; [https://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/handle/2027.42/7869 hdl.handle.net/2027.42/7869].</span>
*<span id="tai-95">C.-T. Tai, 1995, "A historical study of vector analysis" (Technical Report RL&#8239;915), Dept.&#8201;of Electrical Engineering &amp; Computer Science, University of Michigan; [https://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/handle/2027.42/7868 hdl.handle.net/2027.42/7868].</span>
*<span id="tai-fang-91">C.-T. Tai and N.&#8239;Fang, 1991, "A systematic treatment of vector analysis", ''{{serif|IEEE}} Transactions on Education'', vol.&#8239;34, no.&#8239;2 (May 1991), pp.&#8239;167–74; [https://doi.org/10.1109/13.81596 doi.org/10.1109/13.81596].</span>
*<span id="wilson-1901">E.B.&#8201;Wilson, 1901, ''Vector Analysis: A text-book for the use of students of mathematics and physics'' ("Founded upon the lectures of J.&#8239;Willard Gibbs&hellip;"), New York: Charles Scribner's Sons; 12th printing, Yale University Press, 1958, [https://archive.org/details/vectoranalysiste0000gibb archive.org/details/vectoranalysiste0000gibb].</span>
*<span id="wrede-spiegel-10">R.C.&#8201;Wrede and M.R.&#8239;Spiegel, 2010, ''Advanced Calculus'', 3rd Ed., New York: McGraw-Hill (Schaum's Outlines); [https://archive.org/details/schaumsoutlinesa0000wred archive.org/details/schaumsoutlinesa0000wred].</span>

{{refend}}

</div>

== Further reading ==

M.J. Crowe, "A History of Vector Analysis" (address at the University of Louisville, Autumn term, 2002), [https://www.researchgate.net/publication/244957729_A_History_of_Vector_Analysis researchgate.net/publication/244957729_A_History_of_Vector_Analysis] (including much discussion of quaternions).

P. Lynch, "Matthew O'Brien: An inventor of vector analysis", ''Bulletin of the Irish Mathematical Society'', No.&#8239;74 (Winter 2014), pp.&#8239;81–8; [https://doi.org/10.33232/BIMS.0074.81.88 doi.org/10.33232/BIMS.0074.81.88].

[[Category:Vector calculus]]
[[Category:Mathematical physics]]
[[Category:Coordinate systems]]